<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" >

<channel>
	<title>DVRCMS.Com</title>
	<atom:link href="https://www.dvrcms.com/tag/google-chrome/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>https://www.dvrcms.com</link>
	<description>Survelliance CMS and VMS Support</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Sat, 02 Mar 2024 07:40:44 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=6.9.4</generator>
	<itunes:subtitle>DVRCMS.Com</itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary>Survelliance CMS and VMS Support</itunes:summary>
	<itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
	<item>
		<title>Senstar Thin Client User Guide 2024</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/senstar-thin-client-user-guide-2024/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/senstar-thin-client-user-guide-2024/#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sat, 02 Mar 2024 07:40:44 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[FAQ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Manager]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Encoding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[fisheye]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Chrome]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Internet Explorer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[live video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NAS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[onvif]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Play Video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[samsung]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Senstar Thin Client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Verkada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Viewing Station]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=11139</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Senstar Thin Client User Guide 2024, The Senstar Thin Client is a simple and cost-effective device designed to display 1080p ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Senstar Thin Client User Guide 2024" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/senstar-thin-client-user-guide-2024/#more-11139" aria-label="Read more about Senstar Thin Client User Guide 2024">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Senstar Thin Client User Guide 2024, The Senstar Thin Client is a simple and cost-effective device designed to display 1080p video from 30+ network video camera manufacturers via ONVIF Profile S, as well as from the Senstar Symphony VMS or any RTSP-compatible video source. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">The device is ideal for space-constrained environments due to its compact design while its web-based interface makes it easy to configure and manage.</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">The Senstar A10D Thin Client™ is a secure, reliable, and cost-effective PC alternative designed to display 720p or 1080p video from network video quickly and easily. The device can be controlled via the web, or through the convenience of your smartphone.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 24pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Supported Touch Screen Monitors for Thin Client 2.0.1</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">AG Neovo</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> &#8211; </span><a href="http://ca.agneovo.com/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 11pt;">http://ca.agneovo.com/</span></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">iiyama ProLite</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> &#8211; </span><a href="http://www.iiyama.com/us_en/products/prolite-t1731sr-1/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 11pt;">http://www.iiyama.com/us_en/products/prolite-t1731sr-1/</span></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">For more information, see the Release Notes in the downloads page: </span><a href="https://xnet.senstar.com/Xnet/Downloads/ThinClientUpdate.aspx" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 11pt;">https://xnet.senstar.com/Xnet/Downloads/ThinClientUpdate.aspx</span></a></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 24pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Senstar A10D Thin Client Firmware Upgrade</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">The following article outlines how to check for firmware updates through Thin Client.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Optionally, you can manually download the firmware upgrade from </span><a href="https://xnet.senstar.com/Xnet/Downloads/ThinClientUpdate.aspx" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 11pt;">here</span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> and then click </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Upgrade</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> from the Maintenance section, as shown in step 2.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-1-700w633h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" width="700" height="633" class="wp-image-11140 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-1-700w633h.png" alt="A10 Update" title="Senstar Thin Client User Guide 2024 7" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-1-700w633h.png 700w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-1-700w633h-300x271.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 24pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">onnect to Thin Client using SSH</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Enable SSH in Thin Client</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">SSH is disabled by default and any time a factory restore is performed.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">1. Open a web browser and enter http://thinclientIP/EnableSSH. Recommended browsers include: Mirosoft® Internet Explorer, Mozilla®, Firefox®, and Google Chrome™.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">2. The message &#8220;SSH Successfully enabled&#8221; appears.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">3. If you are using Linux go to command–line and enter ssh &lt;username&gt;@&lt;IP address&gt;. For example, ssh root@10.234.1.10. When prompted enter the password.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">4. If you are using Windows® ensure a version of PuTTY is downloaded.</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000;">a.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">In the PuTTY Configuration window enter the IP address of your Thin Client in the </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Host Name</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> field.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000;">b.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Select Connection Type </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">SSH</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000;">c.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"><em>(Optional)</em></span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> To assign a name for the connection enter it in the </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Saved Sessions</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> field. A different name can be assigned to each of your Thin Clients.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000;">d.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Click </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Open</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000;">e.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">If this is the first time that PuTTY was used to log in to the server with SSH a PuTTY Security Alert message is generated. Click </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Yes</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> to continue. </span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000;">f.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">When prompted enter your username and password. </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">NOTE:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> Log in as the root user if this is the first time logging in to the server.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000;">g.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Press </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Enter</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">. If the correct root password was entered, the prompt responds with a shell prompt: [root@yourservername ~]#</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">When you are done, you should consider disabling SSH. The link to disable SSH is http://thinclientIP/DisableSSH.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 24pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Cannot connect to ONVIF-compliant camera because no ONVIF stream available</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 12pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Issue</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Network cameras/encoders supporting ONVIF do not offer a way to set up an ONVIF stream/profile necessary for making an ONVIF connection from the Thin Client to the ONVIF-compliant device.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 12pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Solution</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">If the camera manufacturer does not provide a method for setting up ONVIF streaming profiles, use a third-party tool to do so. One such open source tool is the ONVIF Device Manager: </span><a href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/onvifdm/" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 11pt;">http://sourceforge.net/projects/onvifdm/</span></a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>Senstar Thin Client User Guide 2024</h2>
<p>Read Also : <a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/verkada-viewing-station-setup-and-user-guide/">Verkada Viewing Station setup and user guide</a></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 24pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Device cannot connect to Video Source</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 12pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Issue</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">The Thin Client cannot connect to Mobile Bridge, and you see an Invalid Video Source error when setting up or re-configuring the device as follows: “Unable to connect to video source. Please verify server address and credentials and try again.”</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-3-650w545h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" width="650" height="545" class="wp-image-11141 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-3-650w545h.png" alt="test" title="Senstar Thin Client User Guide 2024 8" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-3-650w545h.png 650w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-3-650w545h-300x252.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 650px) 100vw, 650px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 12pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Solutions</span></strong></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Ensure that the Symphony Mobile Bridge Server IP address, Port, and user credentials are correct.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">If a firewall or layer 3 switch is installed between the Thin Client and the Mobile Bridge Server and/or Symphony, ensure that the proper ports are forwarded and/or routed. See the </span><a href="https://xnet.senstar.com/Library/Download.aspx?I=00249&amp;L=en" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 11pt;">Symphony Installation Guide</span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> and/or the </span><a href="https://xnet.senstar.com/Library/Download.aspx?I=00177&amp;L=en" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 11pt;">Mobile Bridge Installation Guide</span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> for port information.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h2 style="margin-top: 24pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">All Thin Client Articles</span></h2>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><a href="https://xnet.senstar.com/Support/kbarticle.aspx?ID=10313" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 11pt;">10313</span></a></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Device does not power on</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><a href="https://xnet.senstar.com/Support/kbarticle.aspx?ID=10314" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 11pt;">10314</span></a></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">HDMI output is not working or is cut off</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><a href="https://xnet.senstar.com/Support/kbarticle.aspx?ID=10315" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 11pt;">10315</span></a></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Device cannot connect to Video Source</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><a href="https://xnet.senstar.com/Support/kbarticle.aspx?ID=10316" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 11pt;">10316</span></a></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Camera views contain blank camera panels</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><a href="https://xnet.senstar.com/Support/kbarticle.aspx?ID=10317" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 11pt;">10317</span></a></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Cannot connect to ONVIF-compliant camera because no ONVIF stream available</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><a href="https://xnet.senstar.com/Support/kbarticle.aspx?ID=10330" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 11pt;">10330</span></a></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Connect to Thin Client using SSH</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><a href="https://xnet.senstar.com/Support/kbarticle.aspx?ID=10340" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 11pt;">10340</span></a></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Edges of the Displayed Image are Cropped</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><a href="https://xnet.senstar.com/Support/kbarticle.aspx?ID=10347" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 11pt;">10347</span></a></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Senstar A10D Thin Client Firmware Upgrade</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><a href="https://xnet.senstar.com/Support/kbarticle.aspx?ID=10384" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 11pt;">10384</span></a></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Cannot Log into Thin Client Using Chinese Characters</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><a href="https://xnet.senstar.com/Support/kbarticle.aspx?ID=10401" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 11pt;">10401</span></a></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Supported Touch Screen Monitors for Thin Client 2.0.1</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><a href="https://xnet.senstar.com/Support/kbarticle.aspx?ID=10410" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 11pt;">10410</span></a></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Connection Fails, Unable to Retrieve Live Video: Thin Client 2.1.0 &#8211; Mobile Bridge</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><a href="https://xnet.senstar.com/Support/kbarticle.aspx?ID=10411" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 11pt;">10411</span></a></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Thin Client 2.1.0 &#8211; Wrong time displayed in video decoration when connecting to cameras via Mobile Bridge</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><a href="https://xnet.senstar.com/Support/kbarticle.aspx?ID=10414" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 11pt;">10414</span></a></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">2.2.0 Keyboard and Remote Control Functions</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><a href="https://xnet.senstar.com/Support/kbarticle.aspx?ID=10420" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 11pt;">10420</span></a></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Touch Screen Monitor Not Working with Thin Client</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 24pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Camera views contain blank camera panels</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 12pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Issue</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Thin Client camera views contain one or more blank camera panels on the web interface and/or the HDMI output monitor.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 12pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Solution</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">The Thin Client can decode up to 1920&#215;1080 at 30 FPS in H.264, MJPEG, or MPEG4. Ensure you have at least one (1) camera stream configured at this resolution or lower.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Note:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> Camera streams above 1920&#215;1080 resolution cannot be decoded to the camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">The Thin Client device automatically selects an appropriate video stream based on the resolution of the panel the video is being rendered in. Thin Client will select the stream with a resolution that most closely matches the panel’s resolution without exceeding it.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Therefore, it is recommended to have one (1) stream at 1920&#215;1080 and another stream at 800&#215;450 as the Thin Client will select the best stream automatically based on the camera view layout selected.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 24pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Cisco 2960-X and Catalyst SG300 switch with Thin Client</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 12pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Issue</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Thin Client is not connecting to cameras, not displaying cameras, not working properly on the network.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 12pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Reason</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">The network port is ‘flapping’ that is, going up and down constantly and so the Thin Client cannot connect.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 12pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Source of Problem: Cisco Switches</span></strong></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">(2960-X) and 2960 models</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Catalyst SG300  … (MPP)</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">The </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">EEE</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> (Energy-Efficient Ethernet) feature on the switch is the source of the issue. See Cisco bug report here:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://quickview.cloudapps.cisco.com/quickview/bug/CSCus35889" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 11pt;">https://quickview.cloudapps.cisco.com/quickview/bug/CSCus35889</span></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 12pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Resolution</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Disable the </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">EEE</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> feature on the switch. This resolves the issue with the Thin Client.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 24pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Edges of the Displayed Image are Cropped</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Symptoms:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">The edges of the displayed video images are cropped.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Probable Cause:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">It is likely that overscan is enabled on the displays being used. Overscan is the term used to describe the situation when not all of an image is present on a viewing screen. By default most TVs and monitors are set to use overscan to compensate for potential artifacts at the edge of the screen from the incoming signal.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Solution:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Turn off overscan on all the displays being used. The procedure for this varies depending on the product; therefore, consult the documentation for your particular model for complete instructions.</span></p>
<table style="border-collapse: unset;" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-5.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" width="617" height="206" class="wp-image-11142 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-5.png" alt="overscan example" title="Senstar Thin Client User Guide 2024 9" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-5.png 617w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-5-300x100.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 617px) 100vw, 617px" /></a></span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h2 style="margin-top: 24pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Device does not power on</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 12pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Issue</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">When you attempt to power on the Thin Client by plugging it in to a PoE switch, and one or more of the following occurs:</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">The device does not power on.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">The device LED, located on the front of the device, do not light up, and the device does not boot up.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">You are unable to reach the Thin Client web interface by the device’s IP address.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 12pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Solutions</span></strong></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Verify that the device is connected to a PoE switch.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Ensure that the PoE switch has not exceeded its maximum power budget</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h2 style="margin-top: 24pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">HDMI output is not working or is cut off</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 12pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Issue</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">The Thin Client is not displaying HDMI output on the monitor.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">&#8211; or –</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">HDMI television output is partially cut off.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 12pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Solutions</span></strong></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">It is recommended to use the HDMI cable supplied with the Thin Client. DVI/VGA/HDMI converters may not work.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Ensure that the overscan feature is disabled when using an HDMI television. See the television documentation for details.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h2 style="margin-top: 24pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Upgrading from a version older than 1.2.1.515</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">If you have a Thin Client version older than 1.2.1.515 do NOT update directly to Thin Client 2.01.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">You MUST update to 1.2.1.515 first and then to 2.0.1.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">The version number is displayed in the top left of the Web interface and in the </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">About</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> section at the top of the </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Settings</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> page.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-12.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="327" height="120" class="wp-image-11143 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-12.jpeg" alt="Version number in web interface" title="Senstar Thin Client User Guide 2024 10" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-12.jpeg 327w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-12-300x110.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 327px) 100vw, 327px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-13.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="314" height="171" class="wp-image-11144 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-13.jpeg" alt="Version number in About section of Settings page" title="Senstar Thin Client User Guide 2024 11" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-13.jpeg 314w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-13-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 314px) 100vw, 314px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 24pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Connection Fails, Unable to Retrieve Live Video: Thin Client 2.1.0 &#8211; Mobile Bridge</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 12pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Example Scenario:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">When you connect a Thin Client to a PSA, the Mobile Bridge is installed with default values. The entered IP address is localhost or 127.0.0.1.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 12pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Issue:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Thin Client tries to retrieve live video and the connection fails.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 12pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Solution:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">During Mobile Bridge setup, you must enter a unique IP address when Mobile Bridge is installed on the same machine as the Symphony Server. Do NOT enter 127.0.01 or localhost during the Mobile Bridge setup because the Thin Client will NOT be able to retrieve video via that Mobile Bridge.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Example:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-16.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="319" height="539" class="wp-image-11145 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-16.jpeg" alt="new IP address in mobile bridge setup" title="Senstar Thin Client User Guide 2024 12" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-16.jpeg 319w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-16-178x300.jpeg 178w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 319px) 100vw, 319px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 24pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Cannot Log into Thin Client Using Chinese Characters</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Applies to Thin Client v2.0.0 and 2.0.1</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 12pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Issue:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">User tries but fails to log into Thin Client using Chinese characters in username or password.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 12pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Solution:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">To set up your Thin Client so that users can log into the Thin Client using Chinese characters, you must modify Thin Client settings using the settings.sh script.</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000;">1.</span><a href="https://xnet.senstar.com/Support/kbarticle.aspx?ID=10330" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 11pt;">Enable SSH in Thin Client and log into SSH using PuTTy (Windows) or SSH (Linux</span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">).</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000;">2.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Run the following command:</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 12pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000080;">3.</span><span style="color: #000080; font-size: 11pt;">&gt;/settings.sh MBCodepage 936</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000;">4.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000;">5.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Note: If 936 (Simplified Chinese) does not work, try 950 (Traditional Chinese) &gt;/settings.sh MBCodepage 950</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000;">6.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Run the following command:</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 12pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000080;">7.</span><span style="color: #000080; font-size: 11pt;">&gt;/settings.sh MBCodepage</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000;">8.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Note: To ensure settings are updated, it should print to screen, MBCodepage|936 or MBCodepage|950</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">If you run Mobile Bridge version 2.1.6 or newer, the code page is printed on start. Search for &#8220;Current encoding&#8221; in Mobile Bridge log:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 12pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000080; font-size: 11pt;">Current encoding: xxxxx codepage: yyyyy</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 24pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Thin Client 2.1.0 &#8211; Wrong time displayed in video decoration when connecting to cameras via Mobile Bridge</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 12pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Issue:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">When you connect to cameras via Mobile Bridge and you manually change the time in the Thin Client web interface, the time does NOT change on the video decoration. The time decoration in the video is always the time of the server to which the camera is connected.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 12pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Cause:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Thin Client converts the Symphony Server&#8217;s Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) to local time and displays it in the video decoration. The time decoration therefore is not affected by local system time.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 12pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Reason:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">This is necessary because of historical video, which must show the converted time from the server.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Important</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">: If the time is changed when connecting directly to the camera, the updated time is displayed in the video decoration.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 24pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">2.2.0 Keyboard and Remote Control (CEC) Functions</span></h2>
<table style="border-collapse: unset;" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Function</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Remote</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Control Device</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Keyboard</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Select (from list)</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Select</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Enter</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Cancel (list selection)</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Exit Return</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Esc</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Escape Full Screen Mode</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Exit Return</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Return Esc</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Clear Camera</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Delete</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Camera List</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">C (Yellow)</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">C</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">View Menu</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">D (Blue)</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">D</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Play</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Play</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">P</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Pause</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Pause</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">P</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Live</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Exit</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Escape</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Speed</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">12345</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">12345</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Forward 1 second</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">9</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">]</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Forward 10 seconds</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">&gt;&gt;</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">&gt;.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Backward 1 second</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">7</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">[</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Backward 10 seconds</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">&lt;&lt;</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">&lt;,</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Zoom Timeline In</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">-Volume</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">&#8211;</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Zoom Timeline Out</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">+Volume</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">+=</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Timeline Left</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Left Arrow</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Left Arrow</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Timeline Right</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Right Arrow</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Right Arrow</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Channel Up</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">+Channel</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Page-Up</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Channel Down</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">-Channel</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Page-Down</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">*Date Picker</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">*Export</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Live PTZ: Zoom In</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Red</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">+</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Live PTZ: Zoom Out</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Green</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">&#8211;</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Live PTZ: Pan Right</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Right Arrow</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Right Arrow</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Live PTZ: Pan Left</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Left Arrow</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Left Arrow</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Live PTZ: Tilt Up</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Up Arrow</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Up Arrow</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Live PTZ: Tilt Down</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Down Arrow</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Down Arrow</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Live PTZ: Home</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Stop</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Home</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Live PTZ: Preset Menu</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">0</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">0</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Live PTZ: Preset Number</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">123456789</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">123456789</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">* Mouse and touch control only.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Note:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> Consumer Electronics Control (CEC) has different trade names depending on the manufacturer. For example:</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Anynet+ with Samsung</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Simplink with LG</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Bravia Link and Bravia Sync with Sony</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">VIERA Link and EZ-Sync with Panasonic</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h2 style="margin-top: 24pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Touch Screen Monitor Not Working with Thin Client</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 12pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Problem:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Touch screen monitor does not work with the Thin Client.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 12pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Issue:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">The touch screen monitor must be on before powering on the Thin Client.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 12pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Resolution:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Ensure your monitor is on and restart the Thin Client.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 24pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Add Axis cameras with dewarped panoramic view to Thin Client devices</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">To see the video from an Axis fisheye camera in a dewarped panoramic view, you must manually add the camera using a direct connection with an RTSP URL.</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000;">1.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">On the camera, select the stream profile setting (for example, panorama), choose the resolution (for example, 1600&#215;600), and select Mirror if required. For more information, see </span><a href="https://www.axis.com/support/faq/FAQ115871" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 11pt;">https://www.axis.com/support/faq/FAQ115871</span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000;">2.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">On the Thin Client device, manually add the camera using the following RTSP URL:</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 12pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000080;">3.</span><span style="color: #000080; font-size: 11pt;">rtsp://</span><span style="color: #000080; font-size: 11pt;"><em>ip_address</em></span><span style="color: #000080; font-size: 11pt;">/axis-media/media.amp?camera=</span><span style="color: #000080; font-size: 11pt;"><em>profile_id</em></span><span style="color: #000080; font-size: 11pt;">2&amp;resolution=</span><span style="color: #000080; font-size: 11pt;"><em>resolution</em></span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Where </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"><em>ip_address</em></span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> is the IP address of the camera, </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"><em>profile_id</em></span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> is the stream profile setting for the camera, and </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"><em>resolution</em></span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> is the resolution of the camera.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Stream profile settings:</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Camera=1 Overview</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Camera=2 Panorama</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Camera=3 Double Panorama</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Camera=4 Quad View</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Camera=5 View Area 1</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Camera=6 View Area 2</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Camera=7 View Area 3</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Camera=8 View Area 4</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h2 style="margin-top: 24pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Thin Clients do not display video when connecting through Mobile Bridge</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 12pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Symptoms</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Thin Clients do not display video when connecting to Symphony using Mobile Bridge.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 12pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Probable cause</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">The Thin Clients are using TLS 1.0 and the Mobile Bridge is using TLS 1.2.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 12pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Solution</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Configure the Thin Clients to use TLS 1.0.</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000;">1.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">On the server that host the Mobile Bridge, close all browser windows.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000;">2.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Click </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Start</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000;">3.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Type </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">regedit</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> and press </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Enter</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000;">4.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Browse to </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\SecurityProviders\SCHANNEL\Protocols</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000;">5.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Create a key called </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">TLS 1.0</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000;">6.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">In the </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">TLS 1.0</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> key, create a key called </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Server</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000;">7.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">In the </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Server</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> key, create a 32-bit DWORD called </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Enabled</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> and click </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">OK</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000;">8.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Double-click </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Enabled</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> and change the value to 1.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000;">9.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Click </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">OK</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> and close the Registry Editor.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000;">10.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Restart the Mobile Bridge and Thin Client.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h2 style="margin-top: 24pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">SNMP settings for Thin Client devices</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">To connect to a Thin Client device using an SNMP browser, you must use the following settings in addition to the IP address of the Thin Client device.</span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<th style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Setting</span></strong></p>
</th>
<th style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Value</span></strong></p>
</th>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Address</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">The IP address of the Thin Client device.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Port</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">The port that the Thin Client uses for SNMP connections.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Read Community string</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">l2</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">SNMP version</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">2</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/senstar-thin-client-user-guide-2024/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>5</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Camius Security Software Tools</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/camius-security-software-tools/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/camius-security-software-tools/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 31 Jan 2024 18:35:07 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[FAQ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmwares]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Camius View app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Config Tool]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Config]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Chrome]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ios]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iPhone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Latest]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Local Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Management Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mozilla Firefox]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network Video Recorder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[tutorial]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tutorials]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Interface]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video Management Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video player]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Vivotek Shepherd]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows PC]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=10904</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Camius Security Software Tools, Camius, a leading provider of surveillance and security solutions, has announced the launch of its new ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Camius Security Software Tools" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/camius-security-software-tools/#more-10904" aria-label="Read more about Camius Security Software Tools">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Camius Security Software Tools, Camius, a leading provider of surveillance and security solutions, has announced the launch of its new knowledge base that is designed to provide customers with a comprehensive resource for frequently asked questions. The knowledge base will feature many articles, how-to guides, tutorials, instructional videos, IP, Analog and Wireless security cameras, surveillance NVR network video recorders) and DVR (digital video recorders) manuals to help customers better understand and utilize Camius products.</p>
<p>Camius offers tools, IP cameras, DVRs, and NVR software compatible with PC and Mac to expand the scope of your smart security camera system</p>
<h3>Device Config Tool</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="84" height="80" class="wp-image-10905" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/camius-device-config-tool.jpeg" alt="Camius device config tool" title="Camius Security Software Tools 43"> Download Camius Device Config Tool</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="150" height="150" class="wp-image-10906" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/camius-web-browser-1000.jpeg" alt="Camius web browser 1000" title="Camius Security Software Tools 44"></p>
<p>A lightweight Camius device scanner and configuration editor, use it to:</p>
<ul>
<li>Find and connect your Camius devices to your PC or Mac on your local network LAN</li>
<li>Change your Camius devices network settings</li>
<li>Upgrade Firmware on your Camius devices</li>
</ul>
<p>Web client tutorials:</p>
<ul>
<li>How to configure an IP camera using a web browser</li>
<li>How to configure NVR using a web client</li>
</ul>
<h3>Camius VMS Software compatible with PC and Mac</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-10907" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/best-camius-nvr-software-for-windows-and-mac-to-co.jpeg" alt="Best Camius NVR software for Windows and Mac to control up to 128 cameras" width="659" height="659" title="Camius Security Software Tools 45" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/best-camius-nvr-software-for-windows-and-mac-to-co.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/best-camius-nvr-software-for-windows-and-mac-to-co-300x300.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/best-camius-nvr-software-for-windows-and-mac-to-co-1024x1024.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/best-camius-nvr-software-for-windows-and-mac-to-co-150x150.jpeg 150w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/best-camius-nvr-software-for-windows-and-mac-to-co-768x768.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 659px) 100vw, 659px" /></p>
<h4><a href="https://www.camius.com/download/vms/" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener"><strong>Download VMS Software for Windows and Mac</strong></a></h4>
<h5><a href="https://www.camius.com/how-to-add-a-camius-device-to-the-vms-software/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>How to add a Camius device to the VMS software?</strong></a></h5>
<h5><a href="https://www.camius.com/how-to-playback-footage-on-the-vms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>How to playback and download recordings on the Camius VMS (IP Camera, DVR, NVR software)</strong></a></h5>
<h5><strong>If you need support with Camius VMS software, please follow the steps:</strong></h5>
<ul>
<li>Step 1 – Register your Camius Device <a href="https://www.camius.com/register-your-product/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">here</a></li>
<li>Step 2 – Submit your support request <a href="https://www.camius.com/contact-support/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">here</a></li>
</ul>
<p>This program, designed only for Camius IP cameras, DVR, and NVR recorders, turns your PC or Mac into a surveillance station; VMS stands for Video Management System; with it, you can:</p>
<ul>
<li>Group all of your Camius devices and view them, even from a remote location</li>
<li>Access Device Configuration and change settings</li>
<li>Record locally onto a disk attached to your computer</li>
<li>Playback video and audio, locally and remotely.</li>
</ul>
<h2>Camius Security Software Tools</h2>
<p>Read Also : <a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/vivotek-shepherd-setup-and-user-guide/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener">Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide</a></p>
<h3>Video Player Software​</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="300" class="wp-image-10908" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/camius-video-player.png" alt="Camius Video player" title="Camius Security Software Tools 46" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/camius-video-player.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/camius-video-player-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>This lightweight software is used for playing video/audio files backed up from your recorder on your PC or Mac.</li>
<li>The user can back up footage from the recorder in MP4 or Camius proprietary format.</li>
<li>Using Video Player, the user can take clear screenshots, trim the important parts of the video file and play multiple files simultaneously.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a href="https://www.camius.com/download/player/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>Download Video Player</strong></a></h4>
<h3><strong>Camius Smartphone App for iPhone, iPad, Android</strong></h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="300" class="wp-image-10909" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/camius-view-app-icon.png" alt="Camius-View-App-Icon" title="Camius Security Software Tools 47" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/camius-view-app-icon.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/camius-view-app-icon-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>To add the Camius IP camera, DVR, or NVR to the Camius View app follow this How-to Guide</li>
<li>If you can not access your Camius device in the app, we have ready<a href="https://www.camius.com/access-my-ip-cameras-on-camius-view-app/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> troubleshooting steps</a></li>
</ul>
<h4><a href="https://apps.apple.com/us/app/camius-view/id1530783585" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><strong>Download Camius View (iOS)​</strong></a></h4>
<h3><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.camiusview.client" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><strong>Download Camius View (Android)​</strong></a></h3>
<h5><a href="https://www.camius.com/faq/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Frequently Asked Questions</a></h5>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-10910" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/camius-faq-and-how-to-guides.jpeg" alt="Camius FAQ and How-to guides" width="492" height="492" title="Camius Security Software Tools 48" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/camius-faq-and-how-to-guides.jpeg 1080w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/camius-faq-and-how-to-guides-300x300.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/camius-faq-and-how-to-guides-1024x1024.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/camius-faq-and-how-to-guides-150x150.jpeg 150w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/camius-faq-and-how-to-guides-768x768.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 492px) 100vw, 492px" /></p>
<p>At Camius, we provide excellent technical support to Camius customers through useful FAQ pages, which contain how-to guides and troubleshooting recommendations. Our support team is knowledgeable, responsive, and always available to assist customers with any questions or concerns they may have. With detailed instructions and easy-to-follow steps, Camius’ FAQ pages offer valuable information to help customers get the most out of their products. Whether you’re a new or experienced user, Camius’ technical support is there to help you navigate any issues and ensure a smooth experience.</p>
<p><strong>To submit a support ticket, please contact us</strong><a href="https://www.camius.com/contact-support/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong> at this link</strong></a></p>
<h1>How to add a Camius device to the VMS software?</h1>
<p>After installing the VMS <a href="https://www.camius.com/support/software/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">software</a>, please click on the <strong>Home</strong> tab on the left and then on<strong> Home &gt;&gt; Device Management</strong> (Picture 1)</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-10911" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-device-amanagement.jpeg" alt="VMS device amanagement" width="886" height="481" title="Camius Security Software Tools 49" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-device-amanagement.jpeg 2008w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-device-amanagement-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-device-amanagement-1024x556.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-device-amanagement-768x417.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-device-amanagement-1536x834.jpeg 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /> Picture 1</p>
<h2>Option 1: If your device is in the same LAN (Local Area Network)</h2>
<p>Click on the <strong>Auto Search </strong>tab and search for devices if you are in the same LAN<strong> (Local Area Network), </strong>as shown in Picture 2. Select the device, click <strong>Add</strong>, and insert the device’s username and password.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-10912" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-device-management.jpeg" alt="VMS device management" width="969" height="249" title="Camius Security Software Tools 50" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-device-management.jpeg 1558w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-device-management-300x77.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-device-management-1024x263.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-device-management-768x197.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-device-management-1536x394.jpeg 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 969px) 100vw, 969px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-10913" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/camius-vms-pro-how-to-add-a-device-to-the-software.jpeg" alt="Camius VMS pro how to add a device to the software copy" width="857" height="618" title="Camius Security Software Tools 51" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/camius-vms-pro-how-to-add-a-device-to-the-software.jpeg 1350w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/camius-vms-pro-how-to-add-a-device-to-the-software-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/camius-vms-pro-how-to-add-a-device-to-the-software-1024x739.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/camius-vms-pro-how-to-add-a-device-to-the-software-768x554.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 857px) 100vw, 857px" /></p>
<p>Navigate to the <strong>Home</strong> tab &gt;&gt; <strong>Main View</strong>, and expand ‘<strong>root</strong>’ on the left sidebar.</p>
<p>Click and drag your device into any blank rectangle, which should display all the available channels.</p>
<h3>Option 2: If you are accessing the device remotely</h3>
<p>If you are accessing the VMS / VMS Pro remotely (not in the same LAN), then navigate to the <strong>Home</strong> tab &gt;&gt; <strong>Device Management</strong> &gt;&gt; <strong>All Equipment</strong>. If devices were added successfully, they would be displayed here.</p>
<p>To add a new device remotely, click the icon + on the right top (Picture 3), which will open t<strong>he </strong>‘<strong>Add Device</strong>‘ dialog</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-10914" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-add-a-device-using-id-p2p.jpeg" alt="VMS add a device using ID P2P" width="800" height="434" title="Camius Security Software Tools 52" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-add-a-device-using-id-p2p.jpeg 1998w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-add-a-device-using-id-p2p-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-add-a-device-using-id-p2p-1024x556.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-add-a-device-using-id-p2p-768x417.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-add-a-device-using-id-p2p-1536x833.jpeg 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /> Picture 3</p>
<p>Select the <strong>ID</strong> in the <strong>Login Type</strong> tab and enter <strong>P2P ID</strong> in the <strong>ID</strong> tab and click ‘<strong>Add</strong>‘ (picture 4)</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-10915" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-add-id-p2p.jpeg" alt="VMS add ID P2P" width="787" height="424" title="Camius Security Software Tools 53" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-add-id-p2p.jpeg 2005w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-add-id-p2p-300x162.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-add-id-p2p-1024x552.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-add-id-p2p-768x414.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-add-id-p2p-1536x827.jpeg 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 787px) 100vw, 787px" /> Picture 4</p>
<p>You will see the added devices once you open the ‘Device Management’ tab (Picture 5). The green box under the ‘<strong>Status</strong>‘ column means your device is connected properly.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-10916" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-device-management-status-copy.jpeg" alt="VMS DEVICE MANAGEMENT STATUS copy" width="861" height="475" title="Camius Security Software Tools 54" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-device-management-status-copy.jpeg 1956w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-device-management-status-copy-300x165.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-device-management-status-copy-1024x565.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-device-management-status-copy-768x424.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-device-management-status-copy-1536x847.jpeg 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 861px) 100vw, 861px" /></p>
<p>Picture 5</p>
<h4>How to control your Camius device settings remotely</h4>
<p>Once you have added the NVR to the VMS pro software, you can access it remotely from anywhere. Just make sure to add it using the <strong>P2P ID</strong> and not the <strong>local IP address</strong>, as shown in the following screenshots. Basically, you are accessing the NVR’s remote settings from the VMS software without a browser.</p>
<p>Once you are in Remote Setting, you can manage the NVR and control its settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-10917" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-device-management-1.jpeg" alt="VMS device management" width="771" height="198" title="Camius Security Software Tools 55" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-device-management-1.jpeg 1558w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-device-management-1-300x77.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-device-management-1-1024x263.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-device-management-1-768x197.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-device-management-1-1536x394.jpeg 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 771px) 100vw, 771px" /></p>
<p>Click the gear icon under Operation to access Remote Setting</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-10918" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/remote-settings-direct-from-the-vms-software.jpeg" alt="Remote settings direct from the VMS software" width="794" height="450" title="Camius Security Software Tools 56" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/remote-settings-direct-from-the-vms-software.jpeg 1558w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/remote-settings-direct-from-the-vms-software-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/remote-settings-direct-from-the-vms-software-1024x580.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/remote-settings-direct-from-the-vms-software-768x435.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/remote-settings-direct-from-the-vms-software-1536x871.jpeg 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 794px) 100vw, 794px" /></p>
<p>You can access your Camius DVR, NVR or IP camera Remote Setting directly within the VMS Software on your Windows PC or Mac</p>
<h2>High Tech 4K DVR and NVR software compatible with PC and Mac by Camius</h2>
<p>Looking for reliable DVR or NVR software for PC and Mac computers?  Look no further than Camius VMS software which comes with Camius IP cameras. security NVR, DVR recorders!</p>
<p>At Camius, we know that security is a top priority for many people, whether you’re looking to protect your home or business. That’s why we’ve developed Camius VMS software to be the perfect solution for anyone who wants to manage and monitor their Camius security cameras easily.</p>
<p>With Camius VMS software, you can enjoy a wide range of features that make it easy to keep an eye on your property.</p>
<h3>Some of the critical benefits of Camius DVR, NVR software for PC and Mac include the following:</h3>
<h4>1 &#8211; Easy Setup and Configuration:</h4>
<p>Our software is designed to be easy to set up and configure, even for people without experience with video management software. Our user-friendly interface makes it easy to customize your settings, view live footage, and review recordings.</p>
<h4>2 &#8211; Remote Monitoring:</h4>
<p>With Camius VMS software, you can monitor your security cameras from anywhere worldwide, as long as you have an internet connection. This is a great option for people who want to monitor their property while away from home or the office.</p>
<h4>3 &#8211; Advanced Search Capabilities &amp; Remote Playback:</h4>
<p>Our software includes advanced search capabilities that make it easy to find specific footage. Whether you’re looking for a specific time, date, or event, Camius VMS software can help you find what you’re looking for quickly and easily.</p>
<h4>4 &#8211; Flexible Recording Options:</h4>
<p>Our software offers a range of recording options, including continuous recording, scheduled recording, and motion detection recording. This means you can customize your recording settings to suit your needs and maximize your storage space.</p>
<h4>5 &#8211; Multi-Device Support:</h4>
<p>Camius VMS software is designed to work seamlessly with various Camius security NVR, DVR recorders, and IP cameras so you can easily integrate your existing devices into our system. The software is designed to work with a Windows PC and Apple Mac computers.</p>
<h4>5 &#8211; Multi-Device Support:</h4>
<p>Camius VMS software is designed to work seamlessly with various Camius security NVR, DVR recorders, and IP cameras so you can easily integrate your existing devices into our system. The software is designed to work with a Windows PC and Apple Mac computers.</p>
<h3>Tailored Security Solutions</h3>
<h4>Homeowners</h4>
<p>For homeowners, Camius offers security solutions that safeguard your family and property. Rest easy knowing you have eyes on your home at all times.</p>
<h4>Business Owners</h4>
<p>Businesses need robust security. Camius provides state-of-the-art solutions to protect your assets, employees, and customers.</p>
<h4>Security Professionals</h4>
<p>Security professionals trust Camius for its reliability and advanced features. Stay ahead of the game with cutting-edge technology and register as a Camius security systems installer</p>
<p>So, whether you’re looking to upgrade your existing security system or set up a new one from scratch, Camius VMS software is the perfect solution. Our software is reliable, user-friendly, and packed with features that make managing and monitoring your security cameras easy.</p>
<p>In addition to our software, we also offer a range of Camius security cameras and recorders designed to work seamlessly with our software. This means you can enjoy a complete security solution tailored to your needs and preferences.</p>
<p>At Camius, we are committed to providing our customers with the highest quality security products and services. Whether you’re a homeowner, business owner, or security professional, we have the expertise and experience to help you find the right security solution for your needs.</p>
<h1>How to playback and download recordings on the Camius VMS (IP Camera, DVR, NVR software)</h1>
<p>To play your DVR or NVR footage remotely on the <a href="https://www.camius.com/support/software/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">VMS software</a>, navigate to the <strong>Home</strong> tab &gt;&gt; <strong>Remote Playback</strong> (Picture 1).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1023" height="533" class="wp-image-10919" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-remote-playback.jpeg" alt="VMS remote playback" title="Camius Security Software Tools 57" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-remote-playback.jpeg 1023w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-remote-playback-300x156.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-remote-playback-768x400.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1023px) 100vw, 1023px" /></p>
<p>Picture 1</p>
<p><strong>See below the description of each function in the following picture and a table:</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="638" class="wp-image-10920" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-remote-recording-playbcak-table-icons.png" alt="VMS remote recording playbcak table icons" title="Camius Security Software Tools 58" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-remote-recording-playbcak-table-icons.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-remote-recording-playbcak-table-icons-300x187.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-remote-recording-playbcak-table-icons-768x479.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="714" height="1024" class="wp-image-10921" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-remote-playback-icons-1-1.jpeg" alt="VMS remote playback icons 1 1" title="Camius Security Software Tools 59" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-remote-playback-icons-1-1.jpeg 714w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-remote-playback-icons-1-1-209x300.jpeg 209w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 714px) 100vw, 714px" /></p>
<p>Then expand ‘<strong>root</strong>’ on the left sidebar (Picture 2), then click the checkboxes for cameras that captured the event (Pictures 3 and 4)</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="804" height="873" class="wp-image-10922" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-root.jpeg" alt="VMS root" title="Camius Security Software Tools 60" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-root.jpeg 804w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-root-276x300.jpeg 276w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-root-768x834.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 804px) 100vw, 804px" /> Picture 2</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-10923" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-root-ipvault2256pr-select-cameras-to-check.jpeg" alt="VMS root IPVAULT2256PR SELECT CAMERAS TO CHECK" width="784" height="428" title="Camius Security Software Tools 61" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-root-ipvault2256pr-select-cameras-to-check.jpeg 2002w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-root-ipvault2256pr-select-cameras-to-check-300x164.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-root-ipvault2256pr-select-cameras-to-check-1024x560.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-root-ipvault2256pr-select-cameras-to-check-768x420.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-root-ipvault2256pr-select-cameras-to-check-1536x839.jpeg 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 784px) 100vw, 784px" /> Picture 3</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-10924" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-root-ipvault2256pr-select-cameras-to-check-1.jpeg" alt="VMS root IPVAULT2256PR SELECT CAMERAS TO CHECK" width="771" height="421" title="Camius Security Software Tools 62" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-root-ipvault2256pr-select-cameras-to-check-1.jpeg 2002w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-root-ipvault2256pr-select-cameras-to-check-1-300x164.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-root-ipvault2256pr-select-cameras-to-check-1-1024x560.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-root-ipvault2256pr-select-cameras-to-check-1-768x420.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-root-ipvault2256pr-select-cameras-to-check-1-1536x839.jpeg 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 771px) 100vw, 771px" /> Picture 4</p>
<p>Next, on <strong>Calendar</strong>, you can choose which stream recording event type and click on the <strong>Calendar icon </strong>and the day of the event. Only days with recorded footage will have a red flag (Pictures 5 and 6).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-10925" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-root-calendar-point.jpeg" alt="VMS root CALENDAR point" width="771" height="442" title="Camius Security Software Tools 63" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-root-calendar-point.jpeg 1843w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-root-calendar-point-300x172.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-root-calendar-point-1024x587.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-root-calendar-point-768x440.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-root-calendar-point-1536x881.jpeg 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 771px) 100vw, 771px" /> Picture 5</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-10926" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-root-calendar-click-on-date21.jpeg" alt="VMS root CALENDAR CLICK ON DATE21" width="741" height="401" title="Camius Security Software Tools 64" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-root-calendar-click-on-date21.jpeg 2004w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-root-calendar-click-on-date21-300x162.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-root-calendar-click-on-date21-1024x554.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-root-calendar-click-on-date21-768x415.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-root-calendar-click-on-date21-1536x831.jpeg 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 741px) 100vw, 741px" /></p>
<p>Picture 6</p>
<p>Cameras will playback individually once you click the <strong>Play</strong> button and click on each camera’s timeline on the desired hour (Picture 7).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-10927" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-root-calendar-click-on-date-play-footage.jpeg" alt="VMS root CALENDAR CLICK ON DATE PLAY FOOTAGE" width="769" height="418" title="Camius Security Software Tools 65" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-root-calendar-click-on-date-play-footage.jpeg 2001w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-root-calendar-click-on-date-play-footage-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-root-calendar-click-on-date-play-footage-1024x556.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-root-calendar-click-on-date-play-footage-768x417.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-root-calendar-click-on-date-play-footage-1536x834.jpeg 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 769px) 100vw, 769px" /> Picture 7</p>
<h2>To download recordings follow the below steps:</h2>
<p><strong>Step 1: </strong>Select a video window that has enabled recording, and click  the download button in the playback control area. A dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following picture:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="31" height="22" class="wp-image-10928" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-pro-dowload-icon.png" alt="vms pro dowload icon" title="Camius Security Software Tools 66"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="497" height="510" class="wp-image-10929" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-pro-dowload-record-file.png" alt="vms pro dowload record file" title="Camius Security Software Tools 67" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-pro-dowload-record-file.png 497w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/vms-pro-dowload-record-file-292x300.png 292w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 497px) 100vw, 497px" /></p>
<p><strong>Step 2: </strong>Select the recording you want to download and specify the storage path.</p>
<p><strong>Step 3: </strong>Click <strong>download</strong>.</p>
<h1>How to configure Camius NVR using a web browser?</h1>
<p>To quickly find the Camius DVR (digital video recorder) or NVR (network video recorder) IP address, visit <a href="https://camius.com/support" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">camius.com/support</a> to download and install the Camius <a href="https://www.camius.com/download/device-config-tool/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>Device Config Tool</strong></a>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-10930" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/camius-nvr-dvr-ip-camera-device-config-tool-sear.jpeg" alt="Camius nvr dvr ip camera device config tool - search tool" width="829" height="190" title="Camius Security Software Tools 68" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/camius-nvr-dvr-ip-camera-device-config-tool-sear.jpeg 1464w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/camius-nvr-dvr-ip-camera-device-config-tool-sear-300x69.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/camius-nvr-dvr-ip-camera-device-config-tool-sear-1024x234.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/camius-nvr-dvr-ip-camera-device-config-tool-sear-768x176.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 829px) 100vw, 829px" /></p>
<h2>Web browser access</h2>
<p>Click on the Camius NVR or DVR’s local IP or type it into your browser’s address bar. The latest Camius surveillance security camera recorders work with multiple web browsers, including Edge, Google Chrome, Mozilla Firefox, Edge, and Safari, and include the following models:</p>
<ul>
<li>TRIVAULT4K184R</li>
<li>TRIVAULT4K184R2</li>
<li>TRIVAULT4K2168R</li>
<li>IPVAULT1128PR</li>
<li>IPVAULT2256PR</li>
<li>IPVAULT8256R</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-10931" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/camius-browser.jpeg" alt="Camius browser" width="520" height="347" title="Camius Security Software Tools 69" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/camius-browser.jpeg 1630w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/camius-browser-300x200.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/camius-browser-1024x684.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/camius-browser-768x513.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/camius-browser-1536x1025.jpeg 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 520px) 100vw, 520px" /></p>
<p>Use your admin username and DVR or NVR password to log in. Your recorder’s Configuration is under <strong>Remote Settings.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-10932" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/camius-nvr-remote-settings-web.jpeg" alt="Camius NVR remote settings web" width="786" height="246" title="Camius Security Software Tools 70" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/camius-nvr-remote-settings-web.jpeg 1023w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/camius-nvr-remote-settings-web-300x94.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/camius-nvr-remote-settings-web-768x240.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 786px) 100vw, 786px" /></p>
<p>You can check the ‘<strong>Web Compatibility Mode</strong>‘ in the Camius NVR/DVR and even IP camera settings (this can be done from the Camius recorder’s local user interface (Via HDMI/VGA) and in the web browser viewer.</p>
<p>The below picture is based on the IPVAULT1128PR’s web browser view</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-10933" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/1128pr-and-spot828a-rb-network-web-compatibilaty.jpeg" alt="1128PR and Spot828A RB network web compatibilaty" width="622" height="359" title="Camius Security Software Tools 71" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/1128pr-and-spot828a-rb-network-web-compatibilaty.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/1128pr-and-spot828a-rb-network-web-compatibilaty-300x173.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/1128pr-and-spot828a-rb-network-web-compatibilaty-768x443.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 622px) 100vw, 622px" /></p>
<h3>Accessing web client through VMS software</h3>
<p>For certain Camius DVRs, NVRs, and IP camera models, we recommend installing the VMS Software on your Windows or Mac computer to access the device’s remote settings since the VMS software has a built-in web client using the P2P ID. <a href="https://www.camius.com/how-to-add-a-camius-device-to-the-vms-software" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Here is the link</a> to the guide on how to add the device to the VMS software. This applies to Camius IPVAULT2320P16N, SCOUT20PTZ, GUARDMA</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-10934" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/screen-shot-2023-10-04-at-11-59-40-am.jpeg" alt="Screen Shot 2023 10 04 at 11.59.40 AM" width="605" height="330" title="Camius Security Software Tools 72" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/screen-shot-2023-10-04-at-11-59-40-am.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/screen-shot-2023-10-04-at-11-59-40-am-300x164.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/screen-shot-2023-10-04-at-11-59-40-am-768x419.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 605px) 100vw, 605px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/camius-security-software-tools/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to Configure Pharos Device</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to-configure-pharos-device/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to-configure-pharos-device/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 28 Nov 2023 12:00:11 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Chrome]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pharos Series]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Step by Step]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[System Requirements]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[TP-Link]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 10]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 8]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=10098</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[How to Configure Pharos Device, TP-Link’s free Pharos Control Software allows users to easily manage unlimited Pharos products for complete, ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="How to Configure Pharos Device" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to-configure-pharos-device/#more-10098" aria-label="Read more about How to Configure Pharos Device">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="a">
<div class="w1200">
<div class="desc">
<div class="info">
<p>How to Configure Pharos Device, TP-Link’s free Pharos Control Software allows users to easily manage unlimited Pharos products for complete, unhindered network scalability. Batch management helps simultaneously configure and manage multiple devices, giving administrators an efficient, cost-effective and centralized management platform for an optimized network.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="b">
<div class="w1200">
<div class="desc"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">  </span><strong style="font-size: inherit;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Definition</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">:</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;"> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">In AP mode, the device acts as a central hub and provides wireless access point for wireless clients.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Take CPE as an example.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Access web management page of CPE</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Please follow </span><a href="https://www.tp-link.com/us/support/faq/730/faq-710.html" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 10pt;">this link</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"> to access the web interface of CPE.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Note:CPE210 is a 2.4GHz device which can only broadcast 2.4GHz wireless network;CPE510 is a 5GHz device which can only broadcast 5GHz wireless network.Here we take CPE510 as example in this article.</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Run Quick Setup</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Step 1:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Go to </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Quick Setup-</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">&gt; Choose “</span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Access Point</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">” </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">&#8211;</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">&gt; Click </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Next</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="553" height="382" class="wp-image-10099 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-108.jpeg" alt="How,to,Configure,the,Access,Point,Mode,on,the,CPE510image002" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 121" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-108.jpeg 553w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-108-300x207.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 553px) 100vw, 553px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Step 2:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">The default IP Address of CPE is 192.168.0.254,we can change it to other IP addresses to fit in the main router’s network.</span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">For example</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">,if the main modem/router’s IP Address is 192.168.1.1,we can set up the CPE510 as 192.168.1.* (*=2~254)</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0 .</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">It is also fine to leave it as the default value if you are not sure about the main router’s IP address,then click </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Next</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="547" height="163" class="wp-image-10100 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-109-1.jpeg" alt="How,to,Configure,the,Access,Point,Mode,on,the,CPE510image004" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 122" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-109-1.jpeg 547w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-109-1-300x89.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 547px) 100vw, 547px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Step 3:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Customize your </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">wireless name (SSID)</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"> and </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">password</span></strong></p>
<table style="margin-left: 5.4pt;">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="width: 14.839506172839506cm;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">SSID: (Rename Your Wireless Name)</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Security: WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">PSK Password: (Create a Private Password)</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="540" height="321" class="wp-image-10101 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-110-1.jpeg" alt="How,to,Configure,the,Access,Point,Mode,on,the,CPE510image006" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 123" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-110-1.jpeg 540w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-110-1-300x178.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 540px) 100vw, 540px" /></span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Step 4:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Click: </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Finish</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">, and wait for the settings to take effect, it takes about 1 minute.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="531" height="359" class="wp-image-10102 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-111-1.jpeg" alt="How,to,Configure,the,Access,Point,Mode,on,the,CPE510image008" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 124" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-111-1.jpeg 531w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-111-1-300x203.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 531px) 100vw, 531px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="531" height="400" class="wp-image-10103 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-112.jpeg" alt="How,to,Configure,the,Access,Point,Mode,on,the,CPE510image010" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 125" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-112.jpeg 531w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-112-300x226.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 531px) 100vw, 531px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Relocate the CPE</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">You may now unplug the computer from the LAN port of the PoE adapter,and connect the wired network(internet modem/router) into the LAN port.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Final Computer Setup Reversion(For Windows OS)</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">We need change the IP settings back on the computer after the configuration.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Please find </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Local Area Connection</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">/</span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Ethernet</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"> on the computer, if you cannot remember the procedure, please refer to the FAQ again.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><a href="https://www.tp-link.com/us/support/faq/730/faq-710.html" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 10pt;">How to login to the Pharos’ web management page?</span></a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>How to Configure Pharos Device</h2>
<p>Read More : <a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/tp-link-pharos-series-installation-guide/">TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide</a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Go to </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Properties</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;"> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">→</span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Internet Protocol Version 4(TCP/IP)</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">→ Select “</span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Obtainan IP address automatically</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">” and “</span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Obtain DNS server address automatically</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">”</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Click </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">OK</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"> to exit</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Click </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">OK</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"> again to apply the settings.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="351" height="390" class="wp-image-10104 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-113.jpeg" alt="How,to,Configure,the,Access,Point,Mode,on,the,CPE510image012" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 126" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-113.jpeg 351w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-113-270x300.jpeg 270w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 351px) 100vw, 351px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Final Computer Setup Reversion (For Mac OS X)</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Go to the </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Apple-</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">System Preferences-</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Network-</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">&gt; Highlight </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Ethernet &#8211;</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">&gt;Configure IPv4: </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Using DHCP</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Click </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Apply.</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="571" height="261" class="wp-image-10105 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-114.jpeg" alt="How,to,Configure,the,Access,Point,Mode,on,the,CPE510image014" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 127" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-114.jpeg 571w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-114-300x137.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 571px) 100vw, 571px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Get to know more details of each function and configuration please go to</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"> </span><a href="https://www.tp-link.com/us/support/faq/730/download-center.html" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 10pt;">Download Center</span></a><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;"> to download the manual of your product.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">This guide introduces how to build a wireless network using the CPE/WBS products:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">1. Check the System Requirements</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">2. Log In to the Device</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">3. Set Up the Wireless Network</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">The following parts detailedly introduces these steps.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 30pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.03;"><strong><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 24pt;">1</span><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 18pt;">Check the System Requirements</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Operating System:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Microsoft Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 10, Linux, or Mac OS X.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Web Browser</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Google Chrome, Safari, Firefox, and Apple Safari. IE browsers are not recommended.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 30pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.03;"><strong><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 24pt;">2</span><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 18pt;">Log In to the Device</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Before configuring the device, you need to access the PharOS configuration interface. Follow the steps below:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">1)Connect your PC to the device.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">2)Set the IP address of your PC as static IP address on 192.168.0.X subnet (X ranges from 2 to 253, e.g.192.168.0.10)</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 2-1Specifying the IP Address</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="544" height="526" class="wp-image-10106 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-26.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/win7%E6%9B%B4%E6%94%B9IP%E5%9C%B0%E5%9D%80%E6%88%AA%E5%9B%BE.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 128" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-26.png 544w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-26-300x290.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 544px) 100vw, 544px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">3)Launch a web browser on and enter </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">the management IP address of the device (192.168.0.254 by default)</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> in the address bar to load the login page of the PharOS configuration interface.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 2-2Entering the Management IP Address</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">4)Use </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">admin</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> for both of </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">User Name</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Password</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">. Select the appropriate language from the Language drop-down list. </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Read and agree the terms of use, then click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Login</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 2-3Loging In</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="703" height="379" class="wp-image-10107 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-27.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/%E7%99%BB%E9%99%86%E9%A1%B5%E9%9D%A2.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 129" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-27.png 703w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-27-300x162.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 703px) 100vw, 703px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">5)Create a new username and password for network security. Click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> to log in to the PharOS.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 2-4Creating a New Account</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="703" height="261" class="wp-image-10108 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-28.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/%E9%A6%96%E6%AC%A1%E7%99%BB%E9%99%86%E4%BF%AE%E6%94%B9%E7%94%A8%E6%88%B7%E5%90%8D%E5%AF%86%E7%A0%81.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 130" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-28.png 703w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-28-300x111.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 703px) 100vw, 703px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 30pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.03;"><strong><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 24pt;">3</span><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 18pt;">Set Up the Wireless Network</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">You can use the Quick Setup wizard to quickly configure your device step by step. Choose the suitable operation mode according to your network environment and follow the step-by-step instructions.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 30pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 21pt;">3.1</span><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 16.5pt;">Access Point</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Follow the steps below to configure the device as Access Point mode:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">1)Go to the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">QUICK SETUP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> page, select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Access Point</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-1Selecting an Operation Mode</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="662" class="wp-image-10109 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-29-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_access_point1.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 131" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-29-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-29-1-300x218.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-29-1-768x559.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">2)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">LAN Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the LAN IP address and the Subnet Mask for the device. Then, click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-2Specifying the LAN Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="909" height="568" class="wp-image-10110 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-30.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_access_point2.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 132" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-30.png 909w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-30-300x187.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-30-768x480.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 909px) 100vw, 909px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">3)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless AP Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the basic wireless parameters to create a wireless network. Click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 12pt;">Note:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">It is recommended to specify </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Security</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> as </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> for the network security. You can keep the default settings or specify the parameters according to your need. For details, refer to </span><a href="https://www.tp-link.com/en/configuration-guides/configuring_the_wireless_parameters_cpe_and_wbs_/?configurationId=18611" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 10.5pt;"><em>Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-3Specifying the Wireless AP Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="588" class="wp-image-10111 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-31-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_access_point3.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 133" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-31-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-31-1-300x194.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-31-1-768x496.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">4)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, review the configurations and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> to complete the quick setup.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-4Checking the Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="598" class="wp-image-10112 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-32.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_access_point4.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 134" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-32.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-32-300x197.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-32-768x505.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">5)Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 30pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 21pt;">3.2</span><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 16.5pt;">Client</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Follow the steps below to configure the device as Client mode:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">1)Go to the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">QUICK SETUP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> page, select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Client</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-5Selecting an Operation Mode</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="669" class="wp-image-10113 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-33.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client1.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 135" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-33.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-33-300x221.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-33-768x565.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">2)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">LAN Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the LAN IP Address and the Subnet Mask for the device. Then, click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-6Specifying the LAN Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="589" class="wp-image-10114 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-34-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_access_point21.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 136" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-34-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-34-1-300x194.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-34-1-768x497.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">3)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless Client Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Survey</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> to search for the upstream wireless network.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-7Searching for Upstream Wireless Networks</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="909" height="601" class="wp-image-10115 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-35-2.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client2.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 137" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-35-2.png 909w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-35-2-300x198.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-35-2-768x508.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 909px) 100vw, 909px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">4)Select the desired wireless network and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Connect</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 12pt;">Note:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">There may be two or more networks with the same SSID in the AP list. Click </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Lock to AP</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> to select the SSID and AP simultaneously, which can make the device connect to the specific AP next time.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-8Selecting an Upstream Wireless Network</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="424" class="wp-image-10116 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-36-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client3.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 138" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-36-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-36-1-300x140.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-36-1-768x358.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">5)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless Client Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the wireless parameters to connect to the specified wireless network. Click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 12pt;">Note:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Make sure that </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Security</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> and </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">PSK Password</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> are the same as the upstream wireless network’s. Other parameters set in this page and those of the upstream wireless network should be compatible with each other. For details, refer to </span><a href="https://www.tp-link.com/en/configuration-guides/configuring_the_wireless_parameters_cpe_and_wbs_/?configurationId=18611" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 10.5pt;"><em>Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-9Specifying the Wireless Client Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="594" class="wp-image-10117 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-37-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client4.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 139" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-37-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-37-1-300x196.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-37-1-768x501.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">6)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, review the configurations and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> to complete the quick setup.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-10Checking the Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="587" class="wp-image-10118 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-38.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client5.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 140" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-38.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-38-300x194.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-38-768x495.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">7)Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 30pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 21pt;">3.3</span><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 16.5pt;">Repeater (Range Extender)</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Follow the steps below to configure the device as Repeater (Range Extender) mode:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">1)Go to the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">QUICK SETUP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> page, select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Repeater</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-11Selecting an Operation Mode</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="673" class="wp-image-10119 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-39-2.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_repeater1.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 141" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-39-2.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-39-2-300x222.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-39-2-768x568.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">2)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">LAN Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the LAN IP address and the Subnet Mask for the device. Then, click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-12Specifying the LAN Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="579" class="wp-image-10120 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-40-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_access_point22.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 142" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-40-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-40-1-300x191.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-40-1-768x489.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">3)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless Client Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Survey</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> to search for the upstream wireless network.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-13Searching for Upstream Wireless Networks</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="595" class="wp-image-10121 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-41-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client21.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 143" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-41-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-41-1-300x196.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-41-1-768x502.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">4)Select the desired wireless network and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Connect</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 12pt;">Note:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">There may be two or more networks with the same SSID in the AP list. Click </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Lock to AP</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> to select the SSID and AP simultaneously, which can make the device connect to the specific AP next time.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-14Selecting an Upstream Wireless Network</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="426" class="wp-image-10122 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-42-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client31.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 144" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-42-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-42-1-300x140.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-42-1-768x360.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">5)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless Client Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the wireless parameters to connect to the specified wireless network. Click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 12pt;">Note:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Make sure that </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Security</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> and </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">PSK Password</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> are the same as the upstream wireless network’s. Other parameters set in this page and those of the upstream wireless network should be compatible with each other. For details, refer to </span><a href="https://www.tp-link.com/en/configuration-guides/configuring_the_wireless_parameters_cpe_and_wbs_/?configurationId=18611" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 10.5pt;"><em>Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-15Specifying the Wireless Client Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="602" class="wp-image-10123 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-43-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client41.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 145" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-43-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-43-1-300x198.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-43-1-768x508.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">6)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, review the configurations and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> to complete the quick setup.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-16Checking the Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="603" class="wp-image-10124 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-44-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_repeater2.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 146" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-44-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-44-1-300x199.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-44-1-768x509.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">7)Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 30pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 21pt;">3.4</span><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 16.5pt;">Bridge</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Follow the steps below to configure the device as Bridge mode:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">1)Go to the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">QUICK SETUP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> page, select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Bridge</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-17Selecting an Operation Mode</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="677" class="wp-image-10125 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-45-2.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_bridge1.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 147" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-45-2.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-45-2-300x223.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-45-2-768x571.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">2)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">LAN Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the LAN IP address and the Subnet Mask for the device. Then, click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-18Specifying the LAN Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="909" height="573" class="wp-image-10126 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-46-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_access_point23.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 148" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-46-1.png 909w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-46-1-300x189.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-46-1-768x484.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 909px) 100vw, 909px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">3)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless Client Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Survey</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> to search for the upstream wireless network.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-19Searching for Upstream Wireless Networks</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="618" class="wp-image-10127 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-47-2.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client22.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 149" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-47-2.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-47-2-300x204.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-47-2-768x522.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">4)Select the desired wireless network and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Connect</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 12pt;">Note:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">There may be two or more networks with the same SSID in the AP list. Click </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Lock to AP</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> to select the SSID and AP simultaneously, which can make the device connect to the specific AP next time.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-20Selecting an Upstream Wireless Network</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="418" class="wp-image-10128 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-48-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client32.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 150" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-48-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-48-1-300x138.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-48-1-768x353.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">5)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless Client Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the wireless parameters to connect to the specified wireless network. Click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 12pt;">Note:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Make sure that the </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Security</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> and </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">PSK Password</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> are the same as the upstream wireless network’s. Other parameters set in this page and those of the upstream wireless network should be compatible with each other. For details, refer to </span><a href="https://www.tp-link.com/en/configuration-guides/configuring_the_wireless_parameters_cpe_and_wbs_/?configurationId=18611" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 10.5pt;"><em>Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-21Specifying the Wireless Client Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="602" class="wp-image-10129 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-49-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client41.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 151" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-49-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-49-1-300x198.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-49-1-768x508.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">6)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless AP Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the parameters to create a new wireless network for the downstream clients. Click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-22Specifying the Wireless AP Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="612" class="wp-image-10130 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-50.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_bridge2.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 152" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-50.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-50-300x202.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-50-768x517.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">7)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, review the configurations and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> to complete the quick setup.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-23Checking the Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="607" class="wp-image-10131 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-51.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_bridge3.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 153" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-51.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-51-300x200.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-51-768x512.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">8)Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 30pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 21pt;">3.5</span><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 16.5pt;">AP Router</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Follow the steps below to configure the device as AP Router mode:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">1)Go to the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">QUICK SETUP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> page, select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">AP Router</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-24Selecting an Operation Mode</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="669" class="wp-image-10132 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-52.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_ap_router1.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 154" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-52.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-52-300x221.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-52-768x565.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">2)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">WAN Connection Type</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the connection type according to your need and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-25Specifying the WAN Connection Type</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="602" class="wp-image-10133 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-53.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_ap_router2.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 155" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-53.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-53-300x198.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-53-768x508.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">The device supports three types of the WAN connection, including </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">PPPoE</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">, </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Dynamic IP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Static IP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">. You can contact with your ISP to confirm your WAN connection type.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">»PPPoE</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">PPPoE</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">, then the following page will appear. In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">WAN Settings </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">section, specify the parameters that are provided by your ISP and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-26Specifying the WAN Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="606" class="wp-image-10134 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-54.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_ap_router3.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 156" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-54.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-54-300x200.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-54-768x511.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">»Dynamic IP</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Dynamic IP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">. In this type, the device will obtain a WAN connection automatically without any WAN configurations.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">»Static IP</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Static IP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">, then the following page will appear. In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">WAN Settings </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">section, specify the parameters that are provided by your ISP and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-27Specifying the WAN Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="604" class="wp-image-10135 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-55.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_ap_router4.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 157" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-55.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-55-300x199.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-55-768x510.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">3)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless AP Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the basic wireless parameters to create a wireless network. Click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 12pt;">Note:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">It is recommended to specify </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Security</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> as </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> for the network security. You can keep the default settings or specify the parameters according to your need. For details, refer to </span><a href="https://www.tp-link.com/en/configuration-guides/configuring_the_wireless_parameters_cpe_and_wbs_/?configurationId=18611" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 10.5pt;"><em>Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-28Specifying the Wireless AP Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="613" class="wp-image-10136 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-56.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_ap_router5.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 158" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-56.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-56-300x202.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-56-768x517.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">4)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, review the configurations and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> to complete the quick setup.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-29Checking the Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="603" class="wp-image-10137 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-57-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_ap_router6.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 159" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-57-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-57-1-300x199.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-57-1-768x509.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">5)Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 30pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 21pt;">3.6</span><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 16.5pt;">AP Client Router (WISP Client)</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Follow the steps below to configure the device as AP Client Router (WISP Client) mode:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">1)Go to the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">QUICK SETUP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> page, select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">AP Client Router (WISP Client)</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-30Selecting an Operation Mode</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="671" class="wp-image-10138 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-58-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_ap_client_router1.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 160" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-58-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-58-1-300x221.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-58-1-768x566.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">2)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">WAN Connection Type</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, choose the connection type according to your need and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-31Specifying the WAN Connecting Type</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="592" class="wp-image-10139 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-59-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_ap_router21.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 161" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-59-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-59-1-300x195.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-59-1-768x500.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">The device supports types, </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">PPPoE</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">, </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Dynamic IP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Static IP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> for the WAN connection. You can contact with your ISP to confirm your WAN connection type.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">»PPPoE</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">PPPoE</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">, then the following page will appear. In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">WAN Settings </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">section, specify the parameters that are provided by your ISP and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-32Specifying the WAN Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="606" class="wp-image-10140 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-60-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_ap_router3.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 162" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-60-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-60-1-300x200.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-60-1-768x511.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">»Dynamic IP</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Dynamic IP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">. In this type, the device will obtain a WAN connection automatically without any WAN configurations.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">»Static IP</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Static IP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">, then the following page will appear. In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">WAN Settings </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">section, specify the parameters that are provided by your ISP and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-33Specifying the WAN Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="604" class="wp-image-10141 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-61-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_ap_router4.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 163" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-61-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-61-1-300x199.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-61-1-768x510.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">3)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless Client Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Survey</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> to search for the upstream wireless network.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-34Searching for Upstream Wireless Networks</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="618" class="wp-image-10142 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-62-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client22.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 164" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-62-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-62-1-300x204.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-62-1-768x522.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">4)Select the desired wireless network and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Connect</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 12pt;">Note:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">There may be two or more networks with the same SSID in the AP list. Click </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Lock to AP</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> to select the SSID and AP simultaneously, which can make the device connect to the specific AP next time.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-35Selecting an Upstream Wireless Network</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="431" class="wp-image-10143 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-63.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client33.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 165" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-63.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-63-300x142.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-63-768x364.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">5)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless Client Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the wireless parameters to connect to the specified wireless network. Click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 12pt;">Note:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Make sure that </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Security</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> and </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">PSK Password</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> are the same as the upstream wireless network’s. Other parameters set in this page and those of the upstream wireless network should be compatible with each other. For details, refer to </span><a href="https://www.tp-link.com/en/configuration-guides/configuring_the_wireless_parameters_cpe_and_wbs_/?configurationId=18611" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 10.5pt;"><em>Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-36Specifying the Wireless Client Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="602" class="wp-image-10144 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-64.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client41.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 166" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-64.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-64-300x198.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-64-768x508.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">6)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless AP Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the parameters to create a new wireless network for the downstream clients. Click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-37Specifying the Wireless AP Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="612" class="wp-image-10145 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-65.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_bridge2.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 167" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-65.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-65-300x202.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-65-768x517.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">7)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, review the configurations and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> to complete the quick setup.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-38Checking the Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="604" class="wp-image-10146 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-66.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_ap_client_router2.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 168" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-66.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-66-300x199.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-66-768x510.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">8)Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to-configure-pharos-device/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Ring APP How to Use Part1</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/ring-app-how-to-use-part1/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/ring-app-how-to-use-part1/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sat, 25 Nov 2023 14:32:32 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Chrome]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How to Set Up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Intercom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ios]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iPhone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Latest]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Local Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[macOS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Edge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mozilla Firefox]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ring APP]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[samsung]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Step by Step]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Swann]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SwannView Plus]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Time Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Two-Way Talk]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=9951</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Ring APP How to Use Part1, Watch over your property from anywhere with Ring Video Doorbells and Security Cameras.Ring Video ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Ring APP How to Use Part1" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/ring-app-how-to-use-part1/#more-9951" aria-label="Read more about Ring APP How to Use Part1">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Ring APP How to Use Part1, Watch over your property from anywhere with Ring Video Doorbells and Security Cameras.Ring Video Doorbells and Security Cameras can send you real-time alerts when someone’s at your door or motion is detected. Keep an eye on what matters with live HD video and greet visitors with Two-Way Talk. With a compatible Ring Protect subscription (or free trial), you can review, save and share your Ring videos.</p>
<p>Whether you’re halfway around the world or just popping out to the shop, with Ring, you’re always home.</p>
<p>What you can do with the Ring app:<br />
&#8211; Get real-time doorbell and motion alerts on your smartphone or tablet<br />
&#8211; See and speak with visitors with HD Video and Two-Way Talk<br />
&#8211; Arm and disarm your Ring system<br />
&#8211; Allow access to your building for authorised guests and services with Ring Intercom</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="font-size: 16pt;">Using Live View</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 12pt;">Use </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 12pt;">Live View</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 12pt;"> to stream real-time video from your Ring Video Doorbells and Security Cameras on the Ring app or on Ring.com without a Ring Protect subscription. Both </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 12pt;">Account Owners</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 12pt;"> and </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 12pt;">Shared Users</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 12pt;"> can access Live View.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 12pt;">If you have a </span><a href="https://support.ring.com/hc/en-us/categories/115000385923-Protect-Plan-Support" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1c99d5; font-size: 12pt;">Ring Protect subscription</span></a><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 12pt;">, you can get video recordings of Live View actions and events within 1-2 minutes.</span></p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" title="How Do I Get Started with the Ring App? | Ask Ring" width="840" height="473" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/1QMgIX32nx0?feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>Ring APP How to Use Part1</h2>
<p>Read More : <a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/swannview-plus-app-download-and-access/">SwannView Plus app download and access</a></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 19.5pt;">Actions in Live View</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Depending on which Ring device you’re using, there are certain actions you can take while using Live View.</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Enable Sound</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> &#8211; Listen in on what’s going on in your property. Select the </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">speaker button </span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">to enable. </span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Two-Way Talk</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> &#8211; Speak to whoever’s there. </span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Select the </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">microphone button</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> to </span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">start</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> talking. </span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Activate Siren</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> &#8211; Sound a security camera siren.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Select the </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">exclamation button </span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">and confirm on the pop-up dialog. </span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Turn on Lights</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> &#8211; Turn on your lights.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Select the </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">light button </span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">to turn on or off. </span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Live View will automatically turn off after 10 minutes.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 19.5pt;">How to use Live View in the Ring app</span></strong></h2>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 12pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Open the Ring app.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">2.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap a </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Snapshot</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> image from your doorbell or security camera. </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Live View</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> will open.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">3.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Depending on which device you’re using, there are certain things you can do:</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Enable sound</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> by tapping the speaker button (available for doorbells and security cameras).</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Use Two-Way Talk</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> by tapping the microphone icon (available for doorbells and security cameras).</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Turn on lights</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> by tapping the light button (available for security cameras with lights)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Activate siren</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> by tapping the exclamation button (available for security cameras).</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">4.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">To end</span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> Live View</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">, tap the</span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> End Live</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> button.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Note:</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> Some features may require you to </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1c99d5; font-size: 11pt;">update your mobile device&#8217;s operating </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1c99d5; font-size: 11pt;">software</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> and </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1c99d5; font-size: 11pt;">download the latest version of the Ring app</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> to access.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 19.5pt;">How to access Live View </span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">If you have several doorbells or security cameras at the same Location, you can access Live View for each device separately.</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">1.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap the </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">menu (≡) </span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">on the top left in the Ring app.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">2.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Devices</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">, and select a doorbell or security camera.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">3.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Live View.</span></strong></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">4.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Depending on which device you’re using, there are certain things you can do:</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Enable sound</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> by tapping the speaker button (available for doorbells and security cameras).</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Use Two-Way Talk</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> by tapping the microphone icon (available for doorbells and security cameras).</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Turn on lights</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> by tapping the light button (available for security cameras with lights)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Activate the siren</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> by tapping the exclamation button (available for security cameras).</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">5.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">To end Live View, tap the</span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> End Live</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> button.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 19.5pt;">Using Live View on Ring.com</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Account owners and </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1c99d5; font-size: 11pt;">Shared Users</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> can also use Live View from Ring.com, after logging in with the same username and password used to access the Ring app. </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 17.5pt;">Supported browsers</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Live View is only supported in certain browsers. See the table below for the latest compatibility information.</span></p>
<table style="width: 25.5326278659612cm;">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="width: 6.125220458553792cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">  Browser</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.797178130511464cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Desktop version</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.874779541446208cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Mobile version (Android)</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 5.710758377425044cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Mobile version (iOS)</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 6.125220458553792cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://www.google.com/chrome/" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1c99d5; font-size: 11pt;">  Google Chrome</span></a></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.797178130511464cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">84.0 or later</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.874779541446208cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">84.0 or later</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 5.710758377425044cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">84.0 or later</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 6.125220458553792cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://support.apple.com/downloads/safari" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1c99d5; font-size: 11pt;">  Safari</span></a></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.797178130511464cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">13.0 or later</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.874779541446208cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">N/A</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 5.710758377425044cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">15.0 or later</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 6.125220458553792cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">  </span><a href="https://www.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/new/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1c99d5; font-size: 11pt;">Firefox</span></a></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.797178130511464cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">95.0 or later</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.874779541446208cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">95.0 or later</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 5.710758377425044cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">40.2 or later</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 6.125220458553792cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">  </span><a href="https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/edge" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1c99d5; font-size: 11pt;">Microsoft Edge</span></a></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.797178130511464cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">84.0 or later</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.874779541446208cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">84.0 or later</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 5.710758377425044cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">84.0 or later</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 6.125220458553792cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">  </span><a href="https://www.opera.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1c99d5; font-size: 11pt;">Opera</span></a></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.797178130511464cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">70.0 or later</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.874779541446208cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">61.0 or later</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 5.710758377425044cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">3.2 or later</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 6.125220458553792cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://brave.com/download/" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1c99d5; font-size: 11pt;">  Brave</span></a></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.797178130511464cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">1.12 or later</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.874779541446208cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">1.12 or later</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 5.710758377425044cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">1.12 or later</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 6.125220458553792cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> Samsung Internet</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.797178130511464cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">N/A</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.874779541446208cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">13.0 or later</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 5.710758377425044cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">N/A</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 6.125220458553792cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Silk</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.797178130511464cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">N/A</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.874779541446208cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">84.0 or later (FireOS)</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 5.710758377425044cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">N/A</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 17.5pt;">Accessing Live View on Ring.com</span></strong></h3>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 12pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Log into your</span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> Ring account</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> using the same email and password that you use for the Ring app.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">2.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Select one of the </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Snapshot</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> images under the </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Cameras</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> section for a camera or doorbell. Live View will open.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">3.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Depending on which device you’re using, there are certain things you can do:</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Enable sound </span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">by selecting the speaker button (available for doorbells and cameras).</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Use Two-Way Talk</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> by selecting the microphone icon (available for doorbells and cameras). Your </span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">browser</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> may ask you to give Ring.com permission to access your microphone. If this happens, select </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Allow</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Turn on lights</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> by selecting the light button (available for Spotlight Cams and Floodlight Cams).</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Activate the camera siren</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> by selecting the exclamation button. </span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">4.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">To end </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Live View</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">, select the</span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> End Live</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> button.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 19.5pt;">Turning off Live View</span></strong></h2>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 12pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Open the Ring app and tap the </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">menu (≡) </span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">at the top left.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">2.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Select </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Devices </span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">and choose a camera or doorbell.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">3.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Select </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Video Settings</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">4.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Toggle </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Camera Preview for Live View</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Live View is turned off for that device now. Repeat this process for other devices, as needed.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="font-size: 16pt;">Finding Your Internet Upload Speed</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Learn how to see your Internet Upload Speed in the Ring app or your account at Ring.com.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 13.5pt;">Code: W4-04</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Internet Upload Speed is how fast your</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> </span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Ring device sends </span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">data</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> like encrypted Ring videos to the internet.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">This feature will be available for all customers soon.</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
We are slowly rolling out this feature. If you don&#8217;t yet see your Internet Upload Speed in the Ring app or your Ring account, it will be available soon. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">This speed test is measured in megabits per second (Mbps) and runs periodically to make sure your Ring device maintains a good internet upload speed.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="375" height="211" class="wp-image-9952 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-11-3.png" alt="W4-04_InternetUploadSpeed.png" title="Ring APP How to Use Part1 172" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-11-3.png 375w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-11-3-300x169.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 375px) 100vw, 375px" /></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 19.5pt;">Viewing your Internet Upload Speed from your account at Ring.com</span></strong></h2>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 12pt;">1.</span><a href="https://account.ring.com/account/dashboard" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="color: #0000ff; font-size: 11pt;">Log in to your account</span></a><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> at Ring.com.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">2.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Click the settings (gear) icon for the device for which you want to view Transmit Speed.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">3.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">In the Device Health section, you can see your </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Internet Upload Speed</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 19.5pt;">Internet Upload Speed results guide</span></strong></h2>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">GOOD: More than 10 Mbps</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">OKAY: 5–10 Mbps</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">POOR: Less than 5 Mbps</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">NO DATA: No results yet</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Keep in mind, your Internet Upload Speed is also affected by upload activity from other devices on your local network, such as additional Ring cameras, phones, laptops, tablets, and gaming consoles.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">If your Internet Upload Speed is poor, we recommend contacting your Internet Service Provider to upgrade your internet plan or troubleshoot your low upload speed.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="font-size: 16pt;">Finding Your Ring Device’s Transmit Speed</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Learn how to see your Ring device&#8217;s Transmit Speed in the Ring app or your account at Ring.com.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 13.5pt;">Code: W4-05</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Your Ring device’s transmit speed over wifi (or ethernet) is the speed of the direct connection between your Ring device and your local network (i.e. your router) when uploading </span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">data</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> like Ring videos.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">This feature will be available for all customers soon.</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
We are slowly rolling out this feature. If you don&#8217;t yet see your Ring device&#8217;s Transmit Speed in the Ring app or your Ring account, it will be available soon. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">This speed test is measured in megabits per second (Mbps) and runs periodically to make sure your Ring device maintains a good connection to your local network.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="375" height="211" class="wp-image-9953 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-13-2.png" alt="W4-05_TransmitSpeed.png" title="Ring APP How to Use Part1 173" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-13-2.png 375w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-13-2-300x169.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 375px) 100vw, 375px" /></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 19.5pt;">Viewing your Ring device’s Transmit Speed from your account at Ring.com</span></strong></h2>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 12pt;">1.</span><a href="https://account.ring.com/account/dashboard" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1c99d5; font-size: 11pt;">Log in to your account</span></a><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> at Ring.com.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">2.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Click the settings (gear) icon for the device for which you want to view Transmit Speed.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">3.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">In the Device Health section, you can see your Ring device&#8217;s </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Transmit Speed</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 19.5pt;">Transmit Speed results guide</span></strong></h2>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">GOOD: More than 20 Mbps</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">OKAY: 10–20 Mbps</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">POOR: Less than 10 Mbps</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">NO DATA: No results yet</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Is your wifi connection less than 10 Mbps? Try moving your wifi router closer to your Ring device to minimize the amount of physical objects, like walls or furniture, that may be blocking your wifi signal.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">If you are receiving a device offline message in the Ring app, follow the instructions on the error message to improve your Ring device’s connection.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="font-size: 16pt;">Managing Your Authorized Logged-In Devices</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Learn how to manage which devices are logged in and authorized to access your Ring account.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 19.5pt;">Get to know Authorized Client Devices</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">In </span><a href="https://support.ring.com/hc/en-us/articles/360038142272" target="_self" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1c99d5; font-size: 11pt;">Control Center</span></a><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">, you can manage the phones, tablets, and computers that are authorized to log in to your Ring account. Each time you successfully log in to Ring </span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">with your password and </span><a href="https://support.ring.com/hc/en-us/articles/360039693891" target="_self" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1c99d5; font-size: 11pt;">verification code</span></a><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">, that device is saved as an Authorized Client Device with the following details:</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Device type</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Device operating system</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Date device was first authorized</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">How to access Authorized Client Devices in Control Center.</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">From the Ring app:</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">1.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">1.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Open the Ring app. </span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">2.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap the top </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">menu (</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">☰</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">)</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">3.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Control Center</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">4.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Authorized Client Devices</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">From a mobile </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">browser</span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">:</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">1.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">1.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Log in to your Ring account at Ring.com.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">2.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap the top </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">menu (</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">☰</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">)</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">3.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Control Center</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">4.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Authorized Client Devices</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">From a desktop </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">browser</span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">:</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">1.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Log in to your Ring account at Ring.com.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">2.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Click the </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Dashboard</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> home icon on the top right.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">3.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Click </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Account</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> and select </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Control Center</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">4.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Click </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Authorized Client Devices</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 19.5pt;">Removing Authorized Client Devices</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">You have the option to delete one authorized device at a time, or all devices at once (except for the device you are currently using).</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Deleting One Device</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
When you delete a single device, you are immediately removing this device&#8217;s ability to access your Ring account. For example, if you gave your old phone or tablet to a friend, you should delete this device from your list of devices authorized to access your Ring account.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Removing All Devices</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
If you Remove All Devices, you are revoking access for all devices that are authorized to access your Ring account – except for the device you are currently using.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 19.5pt;">Shared Users, not passwords.</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Do not share your password with anyone.</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
No Ring employee, Customer Support Associate, or Community Manager will ever ask you for your password.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">If you want to share access to a Ring device with a friend or family member, you can </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1c99d5; font-size: 11pt;">add them as a Shared User</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 19.5pt;">What to do if your Ring account has been compromised</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">1.  Change your password immediately.</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
When you use the same password for multiple </span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">online</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> accounts, you are at risk to cybercriminals (or bad actors). For example: If a bad actor acquires your password through a </span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">data</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> breach of your email provider and you use the same password for your Ring account, this makes your Ring account more vulnerable. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Because we require an additional layer of account security with </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1c99d5; font-size: 11pt;">Two-Step Verification</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">, your Ring account is still protected. However, we strongly recommend you change your password immediately.</span><br />
<span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1c99d5; font-size: 11pt;">Learn how to change your Ring password</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">2.  Remove Authorized Client Devices you don&#8217;t recognize.</span></strong><br />
<span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">If you suspect your Ring account has been compromised, remove any and all devices that you confidently didn&#8217;t authorize. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">3.  Contact our Customer Support Team.</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
After you&#8217;ve successfully changed your password, please </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1c99d5; font-size: 11pt;">Contact Us</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> so we can take proper measures to help prevent further risk.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 19.5pt;">Your account security is our highest priority</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Customer trust is important to us and we take the security of our devices and services extremely seriously. We encourage all Ring users to follow </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1c99d5; font-size: 11pt;">our recommended security best practices</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> to ensure your Ring account stays secure.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="font-size: 16pt;">Account Management in Control Center</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Learn how to update your Ring account information like your name, email, phone number, password and more.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 19.5pt;">Get to know Account Management</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">With Account Management, you can manage your Ring account information: how your name appears in your account, change your phone number, update your email, and change your Ring account password. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">How to access Account Management in Control Center.</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">From the Ring app:</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">1.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">1.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Open the Ring app. </span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">2.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap the top </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">menu (</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">☰</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">)</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">3.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Control Center</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">4.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Account Management</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">From a mobile </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">browser</span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">:</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">1.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">1.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Log in to your Ring account at Ring.com.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">2.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap the top </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">menu (</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">☰</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">)</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">3.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Control Center</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">4.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Account Management</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">From a desktop </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">browser</span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">:</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">1.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Log in to your Ring account at Ring.com.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">2.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Click the </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Dashboard</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> home icon on the top right.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">3.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Click </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Account</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> and select </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Control Center</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">4.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Click </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Account Management</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 19.5pt;">Updating your account details</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Whenever you update information in your Ring account, we first require you to re-enter your password, and in most cases, enter your </span><a href="https://support.ring.com/hc/en-us/articles/360039693891" target="_self" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1c99d5; font-size: 11pt;">verification code</span></a><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">. We&#8217;re just making sure it&#8217;s you who&#8217;s making these changes. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://support.ring.com/hc/en-us/articles/14965932401684" target="_self" rel="noopener nofollow"><strong><span style="color: #1c99d5; font-size: 11pt;">Changing your Name</span></strong></a><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
You can change how your First Name and Last Name appear in your Ring account. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://support.ring.com/hc/en-us/articles/115002566283" target="_self" rel="noopener nofollow"><strong><span style="color: #1c99d5; font-size: 11pt;">Updating your Email address</span></strong></a><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Did you recently change your email address? You can update it in Account Management.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://support.ring.com/hc/en-us/articles/6380146622612" target="_self" rel="noopener nofollow"><strong><span style="color: #1c99d5; font-size: 11pt;">Updating your Phone Number</span></strong></a><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
If you recently changed your phone number, update it now in Account Management. Keep in mind, this is phone number we&#8217;ll contact if you dropped a call when speaking to our Customer Support Team. It may not be same number you provided to receive you sign-in verification codes.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="font-size: 16pt;">Changing Your Name in Your Ring Account</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Learn to update how your name appears in your Ring account.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 19.5pt;">Updating your Name</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">You can change or update your name in the Ring app or your account at Ring.com.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">From the Ring app:</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">1.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">1.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Open the Ring app.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">2.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap the </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">menu (</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">☰</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">)</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> and scroll down to</span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> Control Center</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">3.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Account Management</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">4.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Under Name, tap </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Update</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">5.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">You&#8217;ll be asked to re-enter your password.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">6.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">You&#8217;ll then be asked to enter your sign-in code. </span><a href="https://support.ring.com/hc/en-us/articles/360058578911" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1c99d5; font-size: 11pt;">Help me find my verification code.</span></a></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">7.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Enter your updated First Name and Last Name.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">8.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Save</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">From your desktop or mobile </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">browser</span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">:</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">1.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Log in to your account at Ring.com.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">If you&#8217;re on desktop: tap the </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Dashboard</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> home icon at the top, then </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Account</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">If you&#8217;re on mobile: tap the top</span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> menu (</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">☰</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">).</span></strong></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">2.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Scroll down to</span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> Control Center</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">3.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Click </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Account Management</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">4.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Under Name, click </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Update</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">5.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">You&#8217;ll be asked to re-enter your password.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">6.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">You&#8217;ll then be asked to enter your sign-in code. </span><a href="https://support.ring.com/hc/en-us/articles/360058578911" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1c99d5; font-size: 11pt;">Help me find my verification code.</span></a></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">7.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Enter your updated First Name and Last Name.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">8.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Click </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Save</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="font-size: 16pt;">Account Verification in Control Center</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Learn all the ways you can verify your account when signing in to Ring, or when speaking to Customer Support.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="width: 48.75pt; height: 48.75pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 19.5pt;">Get to know Account Verification</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">With Account Verification, you can choose how you want to receive your 6-digit verification code whenever you sign in to the Ring app or your account at Ring.com. </span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">We require you to enter this code, after you enter your password, to better protect your Ring account. This extra layer of security is called </span><a href="https://support.ring.com/hc/en-us/articles/360024511592" target="_self" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1c99d5; font-size: 11pt;">Two-Step Verification</span></a><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">How to access Account Verification in Control Center.</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">From the Ring app:</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">1.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">1.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Open the Ring app. </span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">2.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap the top </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">menu (</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">☰</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">)</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">3.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Control Center</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">4.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Account Verification</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">From a mobile </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">browser</span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">:</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">1.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">1.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Log in to your Ring account at Ring.com.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">2.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap the top </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">menu (</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">☰</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">)</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">3.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Control Center</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">4.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Account Verification</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">From a desktop </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">browser</span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">:</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">1.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Log in to your Ring account at Ring.com.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">2.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Click the </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Dashboard</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> home icon on the top right.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">3.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Click </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Account</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> and select </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Control Center</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">4.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Click </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Account Verification</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 19.5pt;">Choose a verification method</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">You have the option to choose how you want to receive your verification code, by Text Message or Authenticator App. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Text Message</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">When you choose Text Message as your verification method, you&#8217;ll receive a text to the mobile number you provide each time you sign in. Enter that code, and you&#8217;re in. </span><br />
<a href="https://support.ring.com/hc/en-us/articles/360052326012" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1c99d5; font-size: 11pt;">Learn how to get a verification code by text message </span></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Authenticator App</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Authenticator apps are security apps for your phone, tablet, and computer that help prove who you are. These apps generate 6-digit verification codes to help verify you when signing in to Ring.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://support.ring.com/hc/en-us/articles/360061508852" target="_self" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1c99d5; font-size: 11pt;">Learn how to use an Authenticator App to sign in to Ring</span></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Verification codes in Control Center</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">If you don&#8217;t have access to your text messages or your device&#8217;s authenticator app, you can generate a code from Control Center in Account Verification. </span><br />
<a href="https://support.ring.com/hc/en-us/articles/360052824731" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1c99d5; font-size: 11pt;">Learn more</span></a></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 19.5pt;">Customer Support Verification</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">If you need to speak with our Customer Support Team, they may ask to verify it&#8217;s you. In Account Verification, you can generate code to give to the Support Associate to help verify your Ring account. We will NEVER ask you for your password. </span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="font-size: 16pt;">Using the Ring Live View Widget</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Learn how to add Live View widgets to your phone or tablet&#8217;s home screen.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 19.5pt;">Get to know Live View widgets</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1815" height="1022" class="wp-image-9954 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-21-1.jpeg" alt="widgets_promo.jpg" title="Ring APP How to Use Part1 174" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-21-1.jpeg 1815w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-21-1-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-21-1-1024x577.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-21-1-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-21-1-1536x865.jpeg 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1815px) 100vw, 1815px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">With Ring Live View widgets, you can access </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Live View</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> on your Ring video doorbells and security cameras with just a tap, right from the home screen of your smartphone or tablet.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Ring Live View widgets appear as tiles on your home screen, with each widget displaying the name and image of a chosen device.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Make sure your Ring app and operating system are up to date.</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Live View widgets are available with the Ring app versions 5.58 on iOS and 3.58 on Android. Confirm both your app version and mobile device&#8217;s operating system are</span><a href="https://support.ring.com/hc/en-us/articles/204384784-Downloading-the-Ring-app" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1c99d5; font-size: 11pt;"> up-to-date</span></a><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> to use this feature.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 19.5pt;">How to set up a Live View widget</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Apple iOS phones and tablets</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">For iOS, see Apple&#8217;s </span><a href="https://support.apple.com/HT207122" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1c99d5; font-size: 11pt;">How to add and edit widgets on your iPhone</span></a><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> article, or follow these steps:</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">1.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap and hold the </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">home screen </span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">and wait for the icons to </span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">start</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> wiggling.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">2.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap the </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">plus (+) icon</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> that appears in the top left corner of the screen, then tap on </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Search Widgets</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> and search &#8220;Ring&#8221;.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">3.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Select a device widget, tap </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Add widget, </span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">and place it wherever you’d like on your home screen.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Your Ring Live View widget will select one of your Ring devices by default. To choose a different device, follow the steps below on </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">How to edit Ring Live View widgets</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Android OS phones and tablets</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">For Android, see Google&#8217;s </span><a href="https://support.google.com/android/answer/9450271#zippy=%2Cadd-or-resize-a-widget" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1c99d5; font-size: 11pt;">Add apps, shortcuts &amp; widgets to your Home screens</span></a><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> article, or follow these steps:</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">1.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap and hold an empty space on the home screen.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">2.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Widgets</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> and search for “Ring” (or press and hold on the </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Ring app,</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> then select </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Widgets</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">).</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">3.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Press and hold on the widget you’d like to add, then drag and place it on the home screen of your choice.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">4.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Then, choose which Ring device you&#8217;d like to access from the widget.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 19.5pt;">How to edit Ring Live View widgets</span></strong></h2>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 12pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap and hold the widget.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">2.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Edit</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">3.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Choose a different doorbell or camera for instant Live View access.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">4.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap outside the widget to exit.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Note:</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> If you want instant Live View access for multiple devices, </span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"><em>you will need to add one Ring Live View widget per Ring device.</em></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="font-size: 16pt;">Adjusting the Volume on Ring Doorbells, Security Cameras and Chimes</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Adjust the volume on your Ring Video Doorbell, Security Cameras, and Chime or Chime Pro to the sound level that’s right for you.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 19.5pt;">How to adjust the volume on your Video Doorbell</span></strong></h2>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 12pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap on the </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">menu (</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">☰</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">)</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">2.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Devices</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">3.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap your Video Doorbell.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">4.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Device Settings</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">5.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">General Settings</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">6.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Volume Settings</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Two-Way Talk: Adjust the volume slider for </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Device Speaker</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Doorbell press: Adjust the volume slider for </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Doorbell Sounds</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Important: </span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Adjusting the volume for Two-Way Talk may not be available for all Ring devices.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 19.5pt;"><br />
How to adjust the volume on your Ring Security Camera</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">You can adjust the volume on the Floodlight Cam Wired Plus and Floodlight Cam Wired Pro.</span><br />
<a href="https://support.ring.com/hc/en-us/articles/360057317451-How-to-Find-Out-What-Ring-Doorbell-or-Security-Camera-You-Have-and-Get-the-Right-Accessories-" target="_self" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1c99d5; font-size: 11pt;">Find out which Security Camera you have in the Ring app</span></a><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">1.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap on the </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">menu (</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">☰</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">)</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">2.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Devices</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">3.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Select your Ring Security Camera.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">4.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap on </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Device Settings</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">5.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap on </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">General Settings</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">6.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap on</span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"> Volume Settings</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Two-Way Talk: Adjust the volume slider for </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Device Speaker</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 19.5pt;">How to adjust the volume on your Ring Chime and Chime Pro</span></strong></h2>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 12pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap on the </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">menu (</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">☰</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">)</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">2.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Devices</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">3.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Select your Chime.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">4.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Audio Settings</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556;">5.</span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Tap </span><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Chime Tones</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #535556; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Adjust the volume sliders under Rings and Motion.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="font-size: 16pt;">Setting Audio Alerts on Chime and Chime Pro</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Learn how to set Chime or Chime Pro to play sounds when events happen on Ring devices at the same location.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;">Chime Alerts are only available for devices at the same location.</span></strong><span style="color: #535556; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Previously, Chime and Chime Pro devices could play sounds across multiple Ring device addresses. We&#8217;ve since improved this feature to give you more relevant Chime Alerts in the same location where Motion or Ring events occur.</span><br />
<a href="https://support.ring.com/hc/en-us/articles/115005039983" target="_self" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1c99d5; font-size: 11pt;">Learn how to manage your Ring device locations</span></a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/ring-app-how-to-use-part1/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
		<media:content url="https://www.youtube.com/embed/1QMgIX32nx0" medium="video" width="1280" height="720">
			<media:player url="https://www.youtube.com/embed/1QMgIX32nx0" />
			<media:title type="plain">How Do I Get Started with the Ring App? | Ask Ring</media:title>
			<media:description type="html"><![CDATA[In this set of episodes of Ask Ring, we go all in on the Ring App, a simple and easy app that lets you see what is going on at your home from anywhere, and g...]]></media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Ring-APP-How-to-Use-Part1.jpg" />
			<media:rating scheme="urn:simple">nonadult</media:rating>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to Connect Device and Computer to Same Network</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to-connect-device-and-computer-to-same-network/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to-connect-device-and-computer-to-same-network/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 26 Jul 2023 15:07:19 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[FAQ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[AVSS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CCTV]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[FLIR Cloud Client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Chrome]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How to Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Internet Explorer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Smart App]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wi-Fi]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 10]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Zosi]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=3610</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[How to Connect Device and Computer to Same Network, In order to access network devices from a computer, they both ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="How to Connect Device and Computer to Same Network" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to-connect-device-and-computer-to-same-network/#more-3610" aria-label="Read more about How to Connect Device and Computer to Same Network">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>How to Connect Device and Computer to Same Network, In order to access network devices from a computer, they both have to be connected on the same network. But how do you check that the settings are correct, and if they are not, how do we fix that? This article is based off of the assumption that the computer and the device are connected to the same router/network switch.</p>
<h1><strong>How can I make sure my device and computer are on the same network?</strong></h1>
<h2>How to Connect Device and Computer to Same Network</h2>
<p>Read more :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/installation-guide/3593/zosi-smart-app-avss-guide/">Zosi Smart App AVSS Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/3581/flir-cloud-client-installation-and-user-guide/">FLIR Cloud Client installation and user guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/password-tools/3577/cctv-super-password/">CCTV Super Password</a></li>
</ol>
<p>In order to access network devices from a computer, they both have to be connected on the same network. But how do you check that the settings are correct, and if they are not, how do we fix that? This article is based off of the assumption that the computer and the device are connected to the same router/network switch.</p>
<p>Basic Explanation of the <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Network" rel="dfollow sponsored nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Network</a></p>
<p>Before we begin the steps on how to configure our network, we need to understand why we are doing it. Each device within a network has its own IP address – we will use 192.168.1.13 as an example – and its structure is like this:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1057" height="345" class="wp-image-3611" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i-imgur-com-luqqdry-jpg.jpeg" alt="https://i.imgur.com/LuQqdrY.jpg" title="How to Connect Device and Computer to Same Network 182" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i-imgur-com-luqqdry-jpg.jpeg 1057w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i-imgur-com-luqqdry-jpg-300x98.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i-imgur-com-luqqdry-jpg-1024x334.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i-imgur-com-luqqdry-jpg-768x251.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1057px) 100vw, 1057px" /></p>
<p>The host ID will be different because that is what differentiates each device from one another. Within a network, the network prefix will be the same and so should the subnet ID, but there will be sometimes where it is different on a device. If the network prefixes and subnet IDs are the same for the devices, then that means they can all reach and communicate with each other. If either one of the two are different, then that means they are not connected and they cannot establish a connection with each other.</p>
<p>The purpose of this article is to make sure that the network prefix and the subnet ID are the same for the computer and your device so that you can create a connection and reach the device.</p>
<p>Checking the Network of the Computer and Your Device</p>
<p>The easiest and fastest way to check the network of your computer is to open up the command prompt. Open the Windows menu and type in <strong>“cmd” </strong>for command prompt.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="394" height="703" class="wp-image-3612" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i-imgur-com-fz4676z-jpg.jpeg" alt="https://i.imgur.com/fz4676z.jpg" title="How to Connect Device and Computer to Same Network 183" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i-imgur-com-fz4676z-jpg.jpeg 394w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i-imgur-com-fz4676z-jpg-168x300.jpeg 168w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 394px) 100vw, 394px" /></p>
<p>Once the window is open, type in <strong>“ipconfig” </strong>and hit Enter. This will pull up the basic network information of your computer. Make note of the IPv4 address and the default gateway. Now that you have found the IP of the computer, please find the IP of your device – the method to obtaining the IP address might be different for each device.</p>
<p>As mentioned above, if the network prefix and the subnet ID are the same for both the computer and your device, then they will be able to communicate with each other. If they are different, then please follow the steps as below:</p>
<p>Changing the Network of Either the Computer or Your Device</p>
<p>The most simple solution to allow both devices to be on the same subnet is to edit the IP address of your device. Usually, you just need to disable DHCP and enable a static IP address. But this is not always possible depending on the set up. <strong>NOTE: The computer must be connected with Ethernet in order for this configuration to work. It will not work through Wi-Fi.</strong></p>
<p>In order to change the network of your computer, you will need to go to the <strong>Network and Sharing Center. </strong></p>
<p>On Windows 10 operating systems, it can be reached by either the Control Panel or from the Taskbar. In the Sharing Center you will be able to see all <strong>Connections</strong> the computer has. Click on the correct <strong>Ethernet</strong> connection.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1400" height="739" class="wp-image-3613" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i-imgur-com-jbx2sog-jpg.jpeg" alt="https://i.imgur.com/Jbx2sOg.jpg" title="How to Connect Device and Computer to Same Network 184" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i-imgur-com-jbx2sog-jpg.jpeg 1400w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i-imgur-com-jbx2sog-jpg-300x158.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i-imgur-com-jbx2sog-jpg-1024x541.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i-imgur-com-jbx2sog-jpg-768x405.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i-imgur-com-jbx2sog-jpg-1200x633.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1400px) 100vw, 1400px" /></p>
<p>After clicking on the Ethernet connection the <strong>Ethernet Status </strong>window will pop up. Click on <strong>Properties</strong> → double-click on <strong>Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)</strong>. By default, your computer will be set to “Obtain an IP address automatically”, but we will want to change it to <strong>Use the following IP address.</strong> Remember in the steps above that we found out the IPv4 address of the computer through the command prompt. This is where it will come in handy again. When you select <strong>Use the following IP address</strong> the boxes below will become active. The information will be as follows:</p>
<ul>
<li>IP address: IPv4 address of the computer</li>
<li>Subnet mask: if you hit Tab after inputting the IP address, the subnet mask should automatically be filled in</li>
<li>Default gateway: this information will be found from the command prompt as well</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="493" height="565" class="wp-image-3614" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i-imgur-com-imfvob0-jpg.jpeg" alt="https://i.imgur.com/ImFVOB0.jpg" title="How to Connect Device and Computer to Same Network 185" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i-imgur-com-imfvob0-jpg.jpeg 493w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i-imgur-com-imfvob0-jpg-262x300.jpeg 262w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 493px) 100vw, 493px" /></p>
<p>Once all of that information is filled out, click on <strong>Advanced</strong> in the bottom-right corner of the window, and it will open up the <strong>Advanced TCP/IP Settings</strong> where you will <strong>Add </strong>a new TCP/IP address. Please make sure the new TCP/IP address will match the subnet as the device you are trying to access, or else it will still not connect. <strong>NOTE:</strong> <strong>Please do not use the same IP address as the device. The Network Prefix and Subnet ID should be the same, but the Host ID should be different.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="496" height="565" class="wp-image-3615" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i-imgur-com-xrey0ol-jpg.jpeg" alt="https://i.imgur.com/Xrey0ol.jpg" title="How to Connect Device and Computer to Same Network 186" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i-imgur-com-xrey0ol-jpg.jpeg 496w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i-imgur-com-xrey0ol-jpg-263x300.jpeg 263w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 496px) 100vw, 496px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="496" height="607" class="wp-image-3616" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i-imgur-com-hsvr2nk-jpg.jpeg" alt="https://i.imgur.com/HSvr2NK.jpg" title="How to Connect Device and Computer to Same Network 187" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i-imgur-com-hsvr2nk-jpg.jpeg 496w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i-imgur-com-hsvr2nk-jpg-245x300.jpeg 245w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 496px) 100vw, 496px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="395" height="176" class="wp-image-3617" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i-imgur-com-slixxlo-jpg.jpeg" alt="https://i.imgur.com/slixxLo.jpg" title="How to Connect Device and Computer to Same Network 188" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i-imgur-com-slixxlo-jpg.jpeg 395w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i-imgur-com-slixxlo-jpg-300x134.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 395px) 100vw, 395px" /></p>
<p>Adding the Subnet Mask can be easily done by hitting Tab after inputting the IP address because the fields will automatically be filled afterwards. Click <strong>Add</strong> after entering the correct information, and then just keep clicking okay until you are back at the <strong>Ethernet Status </strong>window. Then close the window.</p>
<p>You can check if the configuration was done properly by opening the command prompt and pinging the device’s IP address. You can do this with the prompt: ping IP address. <strong>For example: We are using the IP address 192.168.0.10 for the device. Enter the command prompt and type ping 192.168.0.10. </strong>If you receive a response, that means the configuration was done correctly, and you may now access your device.</p>
<h1 class="eckb-article-title">Why can my device not be accessed through the IP address?</h1>
<p>Sometimes you might try to log into your device through the IP address on a computer but it gives you an error (ie. “Cannot be reached”, “Cannot be found”). This can mean a few things:</p>
<ul>
<li>the device is not connected to the network</li>
<li>the computer is not connected to the network</li>
<li>the device and network are not connected to the same network as each other</li>
<li>need to add<strong> http:// </strong>to the beginning of the URL <strong>(example: http://192.168.0.100)</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>If you are getting that error you can check to make sure all physical network connections are secure (network cables). Also check to make sure that the device and computer are in the same network because if they are not then the two will not be able to communicate with each other.</p>
<h1 class="eckb-article-title">Why can’t I see my cameras on Google Chrome/Firefox or other web browsers?</h1>
<div class="eckb-article-content-header__article-meta">
<div class="eckb-ach__article-meta__date-created">
<div id="eckb-article-content-body">
<p>In order to view the cameras on a web browser, it uses a web plugin. But they are usually not compatible with other browsers other than <strong>Internet Explorer.</strong> If you are unable to view or log into your cameras, please use Internet Explorer, download the plugins when prompted, and then allow the plugins to be enabled. Pop-ups will appear for all of these options.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to-connect-device-and-computer-to-same-network/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/tp-link-pharos-series-installation-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/tp-link-pharos-series-installation-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 14 Jul 2023 07:19:15 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Access Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Comfast]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DDNS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Factory Defaults]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Chrome]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Latest]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[latest firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Local Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Management Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pharos Series]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SADP Tool]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Step by Step]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[System Requirements]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Time Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[TP-Link]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Update firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wi-Fi]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 10]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 8]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=3107</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide, With a high transmit power and antenna gain, TP-Link Pharos Products are perfect for long-distance ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/tp-link-pharos-series-installation-guide/#more-3107" aria-label="Read more about TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide, With a high transmit power and antenna gain, TP-Link Pharos Products are perfect for long-distance wireless connections. The communication distance ranges from several kilometers to dozens of kilometers depending on your product models.<br />
You can use Pharos products in diversified network environments. This article introduces some common application scenarios, including <a href="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/#_idTextAnchor000" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span class="超链接">Point to Point (PtP)</span></a>, <a href="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/#_idTextAnchor002" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span class="超链接">Point to Multi-Point (PtMP)</span></a> and <a href="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/#_idTextAnchor004" rel="dofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span class="超链接">Wireless Internet Service Provider (WISP)</span></a>, one of which may be similar to yours.</p>
<p>If you want to set up a Wi-Fi hotspot outdoors like in a plaza or farm, use Omada Outdoor EAPs instead, such as EAP225-Outdoor and EAP110-Outdoor. That’s because Omada outdoor EAPs are designed to provide wireless access for mobile terminals, while Pharos devices are more suitable for long-distance communications. However, if you still want to use Pharos Products in that scenario, refer to Device A in <a href="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/#_idTextAnchor000" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span class="超链接">1 Point to Point (PtP)</span></a> to set up the device.</p>
<p><span class="_idGenBNMarker-1">1</span><a id="_idTextAnchor000"></a>Point to Point (PtP)</p>
<p class="图表组_图-题注" lang="zh-CN"><span class="_idGenBNMarker-2">Figure 1-1</span><a id="_idTextAnchor001"></a>PtP Application</p>
<p class="图表组_Web图片"><img decoding="async" class="_idGenObjectAttribute-2" src="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/common-applications-for-pharos-products-web-resources/image/PtP.png" alt="PtP" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 315"></p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">The PtP application is to realize the communications between two isolated locations, such as two sites separated by a river, hill, railway, and so on. The wireless PtP link acts as a very long and invisible cable. It simplifies the network deployments because you do not need long-distance cabling between the two sides. To build a PtP link, you need two Pharos devices. We recommend that you configure one in AP Mode and the other in Client Mode.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文"><a href="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/#_idTextAnchor001" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span class="超链接">Figure 1-1</span></a> shows a typical example of the PtP application: Bridging the internet connection from a downtown house to another house on a small island where no ISP provides internet access.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">For the downtown house, there are already a modem and router together to provide internet access for computers and mobile terminals. Configure Device A to work in AP Mode and connect it to the LAN port of the router. <span class="加粗">In AP Mode, Device A creates a Wi-Fi signal to the designated area so that wireless clients can access the network after connecting to it.</span></p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">For the house on the island, configure Device B to work in Client Mode and connect it to the SSID of Device A wirelessly. <span class="加粗">In Client Mode, Device B acts as a wireless adapter to receive the wireless signal from the remote root AP (Device A). </span>Connect it to a router or indoor AP via Ethernet cables, then mobile terminals like laptops and mobile phones can access the internet by connecting to the SSID of the router or indoor AP.</p>
<h2>TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide</h2>
<p>Read More :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/user-guide/3089/comfast-long-range-wifi-access-point-setup/" rel="nofollow">Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/3050/how-to-setup-email-notifications-via-gmail/" rel="nofollow">How to Setup Email Notifications via Gmail</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/1117/sadp-tool-software-user-manual/" rel="nofollow">SADP Tool Software User Manual</a></li>
</ol>
<p class="标题组_一级标题"><span class="_idGenBNMarker-1">2</span><a id="_idTextAnchor002"></a>Point to Multi-Point (PtMP)</p>
<p class="图表组_图-题注" lang="zh-CN"><span class="_idGenBNMarker-2">Figure 2-1</span><a id="_idTextAnchor003"></a>PtMP Application</p>
<p class="图表组_Web图片"><img decoding="async" class="_idGenObjectAttribute-3" src="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/common-applications-for-pharos-products-web-resources/image/PtMP.png" alt="PtMP" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 316"></p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">The PtMP application is often used when multiple sites need to connect to a remote center. The device at the remote center usually works in AP Mode and the others work in Client Mode. To cover all the Clients, the AP should have a wide enough beamwidth. A WBS device installed with a sector antenna is recommended.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文"><span class="超链接">Figure 2-1</span> shows a typical PtMP application. A company has three warehouses that are located far away from the head office. It plans to construct a PtMP link to realize remote monitoring of the warehouses from the head office.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">To construct the PtMP link, for the head office, configure Device D to work in AP Mode and connect it to the switch that the Monitoring Host is connected to. For the warehouses, configure the Pharos devices to work in Client Mode. Connect them to the SSID of Device D wirelessly, and to the cameras via Ethernet cables. Then the four sites form a local area network and employees in the head office can monitor the warehouses in real time via the Monitoring Host.</p>
<p class="标题组_一级标题"><span class="_idGenBNMarker-1">3</span><a id="_idTextAnchor004"></a>Wireless Internet Service Provider (WISP)</p>
<p class="图表组_图-题注" lang="zh-CN"><span class="_idGenBNMarker-2">Figure 3-1</span><a id="_idTextAnchor005"></a>WISP Application</p>
<p class="图表组_Web图片"><img decoding="async" class="_idGenObjectAttribute-4" src="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/common-applications-for-pharos-products-web-resources/image/WISP-PtMP.png" alt="WISP PtMP" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 317"></p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">When providing internet service for some remote areas that have no wired internet access yet, ISPs usually choose a wireless solution instead of a wired solution to avoid cabling over long distances. The WISP application is often used in this kind of scenario. <span class="超链接">Figure 3-1</span> shows the network topology. As you can see, it is a combination of PtP and PtMP applications.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">For this scenario, subscribers are often kilometers away from each other. Find a place that is approximately the center of the subscribers and suitable to install Pharos devices, and mark it as Site 2. Then find the nearest location to Site 2 that has internet access, and mark it as Site 1.</p>
<p class="标题组_二级标题"><a id="deployment_of_the_ptp_link_"></a>Deployment of the PtP Link</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">The PtP link is to realize the long-distance wireless connection between Site 1 and Site 2.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">For Site 1, deploy a device (Device 1) and configure it to work in AP Mode. Connect it to the existing network via Ethernet cables.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">For Site 2, deploy a device (Device 2) and configure it to work in Client Mode. Then connect it to the SSID of Device 1 wirelessly so that it can communicate with Device 1.</p>
<p class="标题组_二级标题"><a id="deployment_of_the_ptmp_link_"></a>Deployment of the PtMP Link</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">The PtMP link is the last mile of the internet connections to the subscribers.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">For Site 2, deploy a device (Device 3) and configure it to work in AP Mode. Connect it to Device 2 via Ethernet cables. Device 3 is used to provide wireless coverage for the subscribers. As mentioned in <a href="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/#_idTextAnchor002" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span class="超链接">2 Point to Multi-Point (PtMP)</span></a>, a WBS device installed with a sector antenna is recommended. If Device 3 cannot cover all the subscribers, deploy more devices in different directions to achieve the goal.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">For the devices at subscribers’ homes like Device 4 and Device 5, there are two configuration choices:</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文"><span class="加粗">Choice 1: Client Mode</span></p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">This is the most common use, and a Wi-Fi router is needed.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">Configure the device (Device 4) to work in Client Mode. Connect it to the ISP’s network wirelessly, and to a Wi-Fi router via Ethernet cables. Computers and Mobile terminals can access the internet by connecting to the Wi-Fi router.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文"><span class="加粗">Choice 2: AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode</span></p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">AP Client Router Mode is used in the following two scenarios:</p>
<p class="正文组_项目符号一级-小段前距）"><span class="正文 _idGenBNMarker-3" lang="en-US">■</span>The ISP needs to have good control of user networks, like limiting the ingress and egress bandwidth of the user networks.</p>
<p class="正文组_项目符号一级-小段前距）"><span class="正文 _idGenBNMarker-3" lang="en-US">■</span>The user has no Wi-Fi routers.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">Configure the device (Device 5) to work in AP Client Router Mode and connect it to Device 3 wirelessly. <span class="加粗">In AP Client Router Mode, Device 5 acts as a wireless client in the ISP’s network and a wireless NAT router in the user network.</span> Both wired and wireless terminals can access the internet after connecting to Device 5. No extra Wi-Fi router is needed, but there are some concerns to take into consideration.</p>
<p class="正文组_项目符号一级-小段前距）"><span class="正文 _idGenBNMarker-3" lang="en-US">■</span>The installation position for Device 5 has more stringent requirements than that for Device 4 in Choice 1. In addition to ensuring that Device 5 can communicate with Device 3, you should also ensure that its wireless coverage range can cover the areas where the subscriber needs to access the internet.</p>
<p class="正文组_项目符号一级-小段前距）"><span class="正文 _idGenBNMarker-3" lang="en-US">■</span>Mobile terminals that are far away from the Pharos device may fail to connect to the wireless network although they can scan it. This is because the mobile terminals are in the coverage range of the Pharos device, but the Pharos device is not in their range. For more details, refer to <span class="超链接">Why Does My Cellphone Fail to Connect to the Remote Outdoor Access Point?</span></p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark0"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark1"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark2"></a> Operation Modes</p>
<p>The Pharos series products support multiple operation modes to satisfy user’s diverse network requirements. This chapter introduces typical usage scenarios of different modes. For more information, refer to Common Applications for Pharos Products.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark3"></a><em>Access Point</em></li>
<li><em>Client</em></li>
<li><em>AP Client Router (WISP Client)</em></li>
<li><em>AP Router</em></li>
<li><em>Repeater</em></li>
<li><em>Bridge</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Repeater mode or Bridge mode is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark10"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark11"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark12"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark13"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark9"></a> Access Point</li>
</ol>
<p>In Access Point (AP) Mode, the device acts as a central hub and provides wireless access point for wireless clients, thus the AP Mode is applicable to the following three scenarios. Meanwhile, Multi-SSID function can be enabled in this mode, providing up to four wireless networks with different SSIDs and passwords.</p>
<p>■ <strong>Scenario 1</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="364" height="333" class="wp-image-3108" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 1" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 318" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-1.jpeg 364w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-1-300x274.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 364px) 100vw, 364px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="28" height="41" class="wp-image-3109" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-2.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 2" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 319"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="255" height="172" class="wp-image-3110" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-3.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 3" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 320"></p>
<p>Access Point</p>
<p>LAN: 192.168.7.2</p>
<p>AP Client Router</p>
<p>LAN: 192.168.0.254</p>
<p>WAN: Dynamic IP</p>
<p><strong>Network requirements: </strong>Establish the network coverage in the remote areas without long­distance cabling.</p>
<p><strong>The device in the network: </strong>In the adjacent town covered by wired network, ISP (Internet Service Provider) can put up a device in AP Mode to access the internet and transform wired signal into wireless one. In the remote area, users can put up a device in AP Client Router Mode to access the wireless network.</p>
<p><strong>Advantages: </strong>Transmit data wirelessly across a long distance and reduce the cabling cost.</p>
<p>■ <strong>Scenario 2</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="276" height="172" class="wp-image-3111" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-4.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 4" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 321" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-4.jpeg 276w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-4-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 276px) 100vw, 276px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="315" height="172" class="wp-image-3112" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-5.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 5" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 322" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-5.jpeg 315w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-5-300x164.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 315px) 100vw, 315px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="204" height="100" class="wp-image-3113" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-6.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 6" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 323"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="204" height="100" class="wp-image-3114" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-7.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 7" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 324"></p>
<p>Access Point</p>
<p>LAN: 192.168.0.254</p>
<p>Client</p>
<p>LAN: 192.168.0.2</p>
<p><strong>Network requirements: </strong>Combine two separate office networks into one.</p>
<p><strong>The device in the network: </strong>The device in AP Mode connects to one office network and creates a wireless network. The device in Client Mode connects to the other office network and the wireless network.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="324" height="192" class="wp-image-3115" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-8.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 8" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 325" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-8.jpeg 324w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-8-300x178.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 324px) 100vw, 324px" /><strong>Advantages: </strong>Establish a point-to-point WLAN across a long distance to achieve the connectivity between two networks and avoid the cabling trouble.</p>
<p>■ <strong>Scenario 3</strong></p>
<p>Laptop/Tablet/Smartphone</p>
<p><strong>Network requirements: </strong>Establish wireless network coverage in the campus, community, industrial park or public place to provide wireless access for users.</p>
<p><strong>The device in the network: </strong>With the access to campus wired network or other wired local area networks, the device in AP Mode provides the wireless access for wireless clients, such as smart phones, laptops and tablets to connect to the network.</p>
<p><strong>Advantages: </strong>Enrich the access ways of local area network and extend the network coverage.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark14"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark15"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark16"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark17"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark18"></a> Client</li>
</ol>
<p>For the device in Client Mode, the most common usage scenario is point-to-point networking. The device is used to transform wireless signal into wired one.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="315" height="172" class="wp-image-3116" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-9.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 9" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 326" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-9.jpeg 315w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-9-300x164.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 315px) 100vw, 315px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="315" height="172" class="wp-image-3117" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-10.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 10" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 327" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-10.jpeg 315w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-10-300x164.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 315px) 100vw, 315px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="204" height="100" class="wp-image-3118" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-11.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 11" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 328"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="204" height="100" class="wp-image-3119" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-12.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 12" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 329"></p>
<p>Access Point</p>
<p>LAN: 192.168.0.254</p>
<p>Client</p>
<p>LAN: 192.168.0.2</p>
<p><strong>Network requirements: </strong>Help the wired devices to connect to the wireless network.</p>
<p><strong>The device in the network: </strong>In Client Mode, the device actually serves as a wireless adapter to receive the wireless signal from root AP or Station. In this case, wired devices can access the wireless network by connecting to the device in Client Mode.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark19"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark20"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark21"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark22"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark23"></a> AP Client Router (WISP Client)</li>
</ol>
<p>In AP Client Router Mode, the device access the internet provided by WISP (Wireless Internet Service Provider) through wireless connection. For the downstream clients, the device serves as a normal home wireless router. It can provide wired connection and wireless connection simultaneously.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="69" height="328" class="wp-image-3120" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-13.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 13" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 330" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-13.jpeg 69w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-13-63x300.jpeg 63w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 69px) 100vw, 69px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="31" height="44" class="wp-image-3121" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-14.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 14" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 331"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="32" height="44" class="wp-image-3122" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-15.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 15" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 332"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="523" height="206" class="wp-image-3123" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-16.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 16" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 333" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-16.jpeg 523w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-16-300x118.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 523px) 100vw, 523px" /></p>
<p>WISP’s network</p>
<p>AP Client Router</p>
<p>LAN: 192.168.0.254</p>
<p>WAN: Dynamic IP</p>
<p><strong>Network requirements: </strong>Get internet service from WISP.</p>
<p><strong>The device in the network: </strong>The device in Client Router Mode connects to WISP wirelessly for internet service. It provides both wired access and wireless access for the clients.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark24"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark25"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark26"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark27"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark28"></a> AP Router</li>
</ol>
<p>The device in AP Router Mode serves as a normal home wireless router but provides a wider wireless network range.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="328" height="205" class="wp-image-3124" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-17.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 17" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 334" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-17.jpeg 328w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-17-300x188.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-17-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 328px) 100vw, 328px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="147" height="64" class="wp-image-3125" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-18.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 18" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 335"></p>
<p>Laptop/Tablet/Smartphone</p>
<p><strong>Network requirements: </strong>Establish the wireless network coverage in the campus, community, industrial park or other public places and so on.</p>
<p><strong>The device in the network: </strong>The device in AP Router Mode connects to root ADSL/Cable Modem for internet access. Meanwhile, it creates a wireless network for the wireless clients to connect to the internet.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>In this mode, the device cannot be managed directly through the port connected to ADSL/Cable Modem. To manage the device, connect the management host to the device wirelessly or via the other LAN port.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark29"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark30"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark31"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark32"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark33"></a> Repeater</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Repeater mode is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>The device in Repeater Mode can extend wireless coverage of an existing wireless network. The SSID and encryption type of the device should be the same as those of the root AP.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark34"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark35"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark36"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark37"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark38"></a> Bridge</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Bridge mode is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>The device in Bridge Mode can extend wireless coverage of an existing wireless network.</p>
<p>The SSID and encryption type of the device can be different from those of the root AP.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark39"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark40"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark41"></a> Quick Start</p>
<p>This chapter introduces how to quickly build a wireless network in different operation modes. Follow the steps below:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark42"></a><em>Check the System Requirements</em></li>
<li><em>Log In to the Device</em></li>
<li><em>Set Up the Wireless Network</em></li>
<li>Check the System Requirements</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark50"></a><strong>Operating System:</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Microsoft Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 10, Linux, or Mac OS X.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark51"></a><strong>Web Browser</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Google Chrome, Safari, Firefox, and Apple Safari. IE browsers are not recommended.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark52"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark53"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark54"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark55"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark56"></a> Log In to the Device</li>
</ol>
<p>Before configuring the device, you need to access the PharOS configuration interface. Follow the steps below:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark57"></a> Connect your PC to the device.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark58"></a> Set the IP address of your PC as static IP address on 192.168.0.X subnet (X ranges from 2 to 253, e.g.192.168.0.10).</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="544" height="526" class="wp-image-3126" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-19.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 19" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 336" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-19.jpeg 544w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-19-300x290.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 544px) 100vw, 544px" /></p>
<p>3. Launch a web browser on and enter <strong>the management IP address of the device (192.168.0.254 by default) </strong>in the address bar to load the login page of the PharOS configuration interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="680" height="65" class="wp-image-3127" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-20.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 20" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 337" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-20.jpeg 680w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-20-300x29.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 680px) 100vw, 680px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark59"></a> Use <strong>admin </strong>for both of <em>User Name</em> and <em>Password.</em> Specify the region where you use the device. Available channels and maximum Transmit Power will be determined by the selected region according to the local laws and regulations. Select the appropriate language from the Language drop-down list. Read and agree the terms of use, then click <em>Login.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="733" height="395" class="wp-image-3128" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-21.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 21" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 338" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-21.jpeg 733w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-21-300x162.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 733px) 100vw, 733px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark60"></a> Create a new username and password for network security. Click <em>Finish</em> to log in to the PharOS.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="734" height="272" class="wp-image-3129" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-22.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 22" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 339" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-22.jpeg 734w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-22-300x111.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 734px) 100vw, 734px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark61"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark62"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark63"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark64"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark65"></a> Set Up the Wireless Network</li>
</ol>
<p>Use the Quick Setup wizard to quickly configure your device step by step. Choose the suitable operation mode according to your network environment and follow the step-by- step instructions.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark66"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark67"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark68"></a> Access Point</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure the device as Access Point Mode:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark69"></a> Go to the <strong>QUICK SETUP </strong>page, select <em>Access Point</em> and click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="183" height="34" class="wp-image-3130" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-23.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 23" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 340"></p>
<p><strong>■Jtp-link <em>PHAROS</em></strong></p>
<p>Operation Mode: | Access Point</p>
<p>About Support Log Out</p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>NETWORK</p>
<p>WIRELESS</p>
<p>MANAGEMENT</p>
<p>SYSTEM</p>
<p>Operation Mode</p>
<p>Please select the proper operation mode according to your needs:</p>
<p>(•) Access Point</p>
<p>In this mode, the AP will act as a central hub for different wireless LAN clients. Multi-SSID is also available in this mode.</p>
<p>which supports up to 4 different SSIDs and passwords.</p>
<p>O Client</p>
<p>In client mode, the device can connect to a wired device and work as a wireless adapterto receive wireless signals from</p>
<p>your wire I ess network.</p>
<p>O Repeater</p>
<p>In this mode, the device can copy and reinforce the existing wireless signal to extend the coverage of the signal,</p>
<p>especially for a large space to eliminate signal-blind corners.</p>
<p>O Bridge</p>
<p>Bridge mode borrows existing wireless internet and broadcasts it using a different SSID and password. In this mode, you can set up a wireless client to connect with a rootAP and a wireless AP for local wireless coverage.</p>
<p>O AP Router</p>
<p>In this mode, the device enables multiple users to share the internet. The wireless ports share the same IP address as</p>
<p>the Ethernet WAN port to connect to the ISP. The wireless port can be regarded as a LAN port while in AP Router mode.</p>
<p>O AP Client Router (WISP Client) In this mode, multiple users can share an internet connection provided by a WISP. The LAN port devices share the same</p>
<p>IP as that assigned by the WISP to the Wireless port. While connected to a WISP, the wireless port works as a WAN port</p>
<p>in AP Client Router mode. The Ethernet port acts as a LAN port.</p>
<p>Next</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark70"></a> In the <strong>LAN Settings </strong>section, specify the LAN IP address and the Subnet Mask for the</li>
</ol>
<p>device. Then, click <em>Next.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="568" class="wp-image-3131" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-24.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 24" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 341" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-24.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-24-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-24-768x479.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-24-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark71"></a> In the <strong>Wireless AP Settings </strong>section, specify the basic wireless parameters to create a wireless network. Click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>• It is recommended to specify <em>Security</em> as <strong>WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK </strong>for the network security.</p>
<p>• You can keep the default settings or specify the parameters according to your need. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"> <em>5. Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="584" class="wp-image-3132" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-25.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 25" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 342" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-25.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-25-300x193.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-25-768x493.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark72"></a> In the <strong>Finish </strong>section, review the configurations and click <em>Finish</em> to complete the quick setup.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="619" class="wp-image-3133" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-26.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 26" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 343" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-26.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-26-300x204.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-26-768x522.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>5. Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark73"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark74"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark75"></a> Client</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure the device as Client Mode:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark76"></a> Go to the <strong>QUICK SETUP </strong>page, select <em>Client</em> and click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>Operation Mode</p>
<p>Please select the proper operation mode according to your needs:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>o Access Point</td>
<td>In this mode, the AP will act as a central hub for different wireless LAN clients. Multi-SSID is also available in this mode, which supports up to 4 different SSIDs and passwords.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>(•) Client</td>
<td>In client mode, the device can connect to a wired device and work as a wireless adapter to receive wireless signals from your wireless network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Repeater</td>
<td>In this mode, the device can copy and reinforce the existing wireless signal to extend the coverage of the signal especially for a large space to eliminate signal-blind corners.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Bridge</td>
<td>Bridge mode borrows existing wireless internet and broadcasts it using a different SSID and password. In this mode, you can set up a wireless client to connect with a root AP and a wireless AP for local wireless coverage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O AP Router</td>
<td>In this mode, the device enables multiple users to share the internet The wireless ports share the same IP address as the Ethernet WAN port to connect to the ISP. The wireless port can be regarded as a LAN port while in AP Router mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o AP Client Router (WISP Client)</td>
<td>In this mode, multiple users can share an internet connection provided by a WISP. The LAN port devices share the same IP as that assigned by the WISP to the Wireless port. While connected to a WISP, the wireless port works as a WAN port in AP Client Router mode. The Ethernet port acts as a LAN port.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark77"></a> In the <strong>LAN Settings </strong>section, specify the LAN IP Address and the Subnet Mask for the</li>
</ol>
<p>device. Then, click <em>Next.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="589" class="wp-image-3134" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-27.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 27" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 344" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-27.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-27-300x194.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-27-768x497.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark78"></a> In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, click <em>Survey</em> to search for the upstream wireless network.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="909" height="617" class="wp-image-3135" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-28.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 28" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 345" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-28.jpeg 909w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-28-300x204.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-28-768x521.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 909px) 100vw, 909px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark79"></a> Select the desired wireless network and click <em>Connect.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>There may be two or more networks with the same SSID in the AP list. Click <em>Lock to AP</em> to select the SSID and AP simultaneously, which can make the device connect to the specific AP next time.</p>
<p>STATUS NETWORK WIRELESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM</p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>Wireless Client Settings</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>BSSID</td>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>MAXtream</td>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>SNR (dB)</td>
<td>Signal/Noise (dBm)</td>
<td>Channel</td>
<td colspan="2">Security</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>18-A6-F7-41-26-46</td>
<td>daisy 3</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>42</td>
<td>-537-95</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-27-7F-6E</td>
<td>SR20_5G</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>50</td>
<td>-457-95</td>
<td>5220 (44)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-17-A6-E3</td>
<td>EAP-Show</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>14</td>
<td>-81/-95</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>D4-61-FE-5A-2A-00</td>
<td>das</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>11</td>
<td>-857-96</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA-PSK/WPA2</p>
<p>-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-54-DB</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>35</td>
<td>-61/-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-57-1F</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>30</td>
<td>-667-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-57-74</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>47</td>
<td>-497-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-54-DB</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>37</td>
<td>-597-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-57-1F</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>31</td>
<td>-657-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-57-74</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>47</td>
<td>-497-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>WPA-PSK7WPA2</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Back ■ Refresh</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark80"></a> In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, specify the wireless parameters to connect to the specified wireless network. Click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that <em>Security</em> and <em>PSK Password</em> are the same as the upstream wireless network&#8217;s. Other parameters set in this page and those of the upstream wireless network should be compatible with each other. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"> <em>5.</em></a></p>
<p><a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"><em>Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="584" class="wp-image-3136" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-29.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 29" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 346" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-29.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-29-300x193.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-29-768x493.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark81"></a> In the <strong>Finish </strong>section, review the configurations and click <em>Finish</em> to complete the quick setup.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="586" class="wp-image-3137" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-30.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 30" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 347" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-30.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-30-300x193.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-30-768x495.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>7. Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark82"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark83"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark84"></a> Repeater</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="53" height="25" class="wp-image-3138" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-31.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 31" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 348"></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Repeater mode is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure the device as Repeater Mode:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark85"></a> Go to the <strong>QUICK SETUP </strong>page, select <em>Repeater</em> and click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="54" class="wp-image-3139" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-32.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 32" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 349"></p>
<p><strong>tp-link <em>PHAROS</em></strong></p>
<p>Operation Mode: Client</p>
<p>About Support Log</p>
<p><strong>Tools</strong></p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>NETWORK WIRELESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM</p>
<p>Operation Mode</p>
<p>Please select the proper operation mode according to your needs:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>O Access Point</td>
<td>In this mode, the AP will act as a central hub for different wireless LAN clients. Multi-SSID is also available in this mode, which supports up to 4 different SSIDs and passwords.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Client</td>
<td>In client mode, the device can connect to a wired device and work as a wireless adapter to receive wireless signals from your wireless network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>(•) Repeater</td>
<td>In this mode, the device can copy and reinforce the existing wireless signal to extend the coverage of the signal, especially for a large space to eliminate signal-blind corners.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Bridge</td>
<td>Bridge mode borrows existing wireless internet and broadcasts it using a different SSID and password. In this mode, you can set up a wireless client to connect with a root AP and a wireless AP for local wireless coverage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O AP Router</td>
<td>In this mode, the device enables multiple users to share the internet The wireless ports share the same IP address as the Ethernet WAN port to connect to the ISP. The wireless port can be regarded as a LAN port while in AP Router mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O AP Client Router (WISP Client)</td>
<td>In this mode, multiple users can share an internet connection provided by a WISP. The LAN port devices share the same IP as that assigned by the WISP to the Wireless port. While connected to a WISP, the wireless port works as a WAN port in AP Client Router mode. The Ethernet port acts as a LAN port</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Next</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark86"></a> In the <strong>LAN Settings </strong>section, specify the LAN IP address and the Subnet Mask for the</li>
</ol>
<p>device. Then, click <em>Next.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="578" class="wp-image-3140" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-33.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 33" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 350" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-33.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-33-300x191.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-33-768x488.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark87"></a> In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, click <em>Survey</em> to search for the upstream wireless network.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="595" class="wp-image-3141" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-34.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 34" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 351" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-34.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-34-300x196.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-34-768x502.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark88"></a> Select the desired wireless network and click <em>Connect.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>There may be two or more networks with the same SSID in the AP list. Click <em>Lock to AP</em> to select the SSID and AP simultaneously, which can make the device connect to the specific AP next time.</p>
<p>STATUS NETWORK WIRELESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM</p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>Wireless Client Settings</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>BSSID</td>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>MAXtream</td>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>SNR (dB)</td>
<td>Signal/Noise (dBm)</td>
<td>Channel</td>
<td colspan="2">Security</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>18-A6-F7-41-26-46</td>
<td>daisy 3</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>42</td>
<td>-537-95</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-27-7F-6E</td>
<td>SR20_5G</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>50</td>
<td>-457-95</td>
<td>5220 (44)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-17-A6-E3</td>
<td>EAP-Show</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>14</td>
<td>-81/-95</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>D4-61-FE-5A-2A-00</td>
<td>das</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>11</td>
<td>-857-96</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA-PSK/WPA2</p>
<p>-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-54-DB</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>35</td>
<td>-61/-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-57-1F</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>30</td>
<td>-667-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-57-74</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>47</td>
<td>-497-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-54-DB</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>37</td>
<td>-597-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-57-1F</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>31</td>
<td>-657-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-57-74</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>47</td>
<td>-497-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>WPA-PSK7WPA2</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Back ■ Refresh</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark89"></a> In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, specify the wireless parameters to connect to the specified wireless network. Click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that <em>Security</em> and <em>PSK Password</em> are the same as the upstream wireless network&#8217;s. Other parameters set in this page and those of the upstream wireless network should be compatible with each other. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"> <em>5.</em></a> <a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"><em>Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>NETWORK</p>
<p>WIRELESS MANAGEMENT</p>
<p>SYSTEM</p>
<p>Wireless Client Settings</p>
<p>SSID of Remote AP: [t200 5G</p>
<p>MAC of Remote AP: 50-C7-BF-01-33-1F</p>
<p>Survey</p>
<p>□ Lock to AP</p>
<p>Region: | United States fl</p>
<p>Mode: 3C2 11aJn fl</p>
<p>WDS: | Auto</p>
<p>Channel Width: 2QM0MHZ fl</p>
<p>Security: |wPA-PSK JWPA2-PSK</p>
<p>PSK Password: | □ Show</p>
<p>We do not recommend using WEP encryption. You can go to WIRELESS page to configure the encryption mode.</p>
<p>Distance Setting: 0</p>
<p>] (0-27.g)km</p>
<p>Back</p>
<p>Next</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark90"></a> In the <strong>Finish </strong>section, review the configurations and click <em>Finish</em> to complete the quick setup.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="604" class="wp-image-3142" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-35.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 35" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 352" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-35.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-35-300x199.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-35-768x510.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>7. Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark91"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark92"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark93"></a> Bridge</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Bridge mode is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure the device as Bridge Mode:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark94"></a> Go to the <strong>QUICK SETUP </strong>page, select <em>Bridge</em> and click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="54" class="wp-image-3143" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-36.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 36" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 353"></p>
<p><strong>tp-link <em>PHAROS</em></strong></p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>About Support Log</p>
<p>Operation Mode: AP Client Router ▼ Tools</p>
<p>NETWORK WIRELESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM</p>
<p>Operation Mode</p>
<p>Please select the proper operation mode according to your needs:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>O Access Point</td>
<td>In this mode, the AP will act as a central hub for different wireless LAN clients. Multi-SSID is also available in this mode, which supports up to 4 different SSIDs and passwords.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Client</td>
<td>In client mode, the device can connect to a wired device and work as a wireless adapter to receive wireless signals from your wireless network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Repeater</td>
<td>In this mode, the device can copy and reinforce the existing wireless signal to extend the coverage of the signal, especially for a large space to eliminate signal-blind corners.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>(S) Bridge</td>
<td>Bridge mode borrows existing wireless internet and broadcasts it using a different SSID and password. In this mode, you can set up a wireless client to connect with a root AP and a wireless AP for local wireless coverage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O AP Router</td>
<td>In this mode, the device enables multiple users to share the internet The wireless ports share the same IP address as the Ethernet WAN port to connect to the ISP. The wireless port can be regarded as a LAN port while in AP Router mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O AP Client Router (WISP Client)</td>
<td>In this mode, multiple users can share an internet connection provided by a WISP. The LAN port devices share the same IP as that assigned by the WISP to the Wireless port. While connected to a WISP, the wireless port works as a WAN port in AP Client Router mode. The Ethernet port acts as a LAN port</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Next</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark95"></a> In the <strong>LAN Settings </strong>section, specify the LAN IP address and the Subnet Mask for the</li>
</ol>
<p>device. Then, click <em>Next.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="909" height="572" class="wp-image-3144" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-37.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 37" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 354" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-37.jpeg 909w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-37-300x189.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-37-768x483.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-37-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 909px) 100vw, 909px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark96"></a> In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, click <em>Survey</em> to search for the upstream wireless network.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="618" class="wp-image-3145" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-38.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 38" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 355" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-38.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-38-300x204.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-38-768x522.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark97"></a> Select the desired wireless network and click <em>Connect.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>There may be two or more networks with the same SSID in the AP list. Click <em>Lock to AP</em> to select the SSID and AP simultaneously, which can make the device connect to the specific AP next time.</p>
<p>STATUS NETWORK WIRELESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM</p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>Wireless Client Settings</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>BSSID</td>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>MAXtream</td>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>SNR (dB)</td>
<td>Signal/Noise (dBm)</td>
<td>Channel</td>
<td colspan="2">Security</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>18-A6-F7-41-26-46</td>
<td>daisy 3</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>42</td>
<td>-537-95</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-27-7F-6E</td>
<td>SR20_5G</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>50</td>
<td>-457-95</td>
<td>5220 (44)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-17-A6-E3</td>
<td>EAP-Show</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>14</td>
<td>-81/-95</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>D4-61-FE-5A-2A-00</td>
<td>das</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>11</td>
<td>-857-96</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA-PSK/WPA2 -PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-54-DB</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>35</td>
<td>-61/-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-57-1F</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>30</td>
<td>-667-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-57-74</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>47</td>
<td>-497-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-54-DB</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>37</td>
<td>-597-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-57-1F</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>31</td>
<td>-657-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-57-74</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>47</td>
<td>-497-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>WPA-PSK7WPA2</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Back ■ Refresh</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark98"></a> In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, specify the wireless parameters to connect to the specified wireless network. Click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that the <em>Security</em> and <em>PSK Password</em> are the same as the upstream wireless network&#8217;s. Other parameters set in this page and those of the upstream wireless network should be compatible with each other. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"> <em>5.</em></a> <a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"><em>Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>NETWORK</p>
<p>WIRELESS MANAGEMENT</p>
<p>SYSTEM</p>
<p>Wireless Client Settings</p>
<p>SSID of Remote AP: [t200 5G</p>
<p>MAC of Remote AP: 50-C7-BF-01-33-1F</p>
<p>Survey</p>
<p>□ Lock to AP</p>
<p>Region: | United States fl</p>
<p>Mode: 3C2 11aJn fl</p>
<p>WDS: | Auto</p>
<p>Channel Width: 2QM0MHZ fl</p>
<p>Security: |wPA-PSK JWPA2-PSK</p>
<p>PSK Password: | □ Show</p>
<p>We do not recommend using WEP encryption. You can go to WIRELESS page to configure the encryption mode.</p>
<p>Distance Setting: 0</p>
<p>] (0-27.g)km</p>
<p>Back</p>
<p>Next</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark99"></a> In the <strong>Wireless AP Settings </strong>section, specify the parameters to create a new wireless network for the downstream clients. Click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="611" class="wp-image-3146" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-39.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 39" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 356" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-39.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-39-300x201.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-39-768x516.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark100"></a> In the <strong>Finish </strong>section, review the configurations and click <em>Finish</em> to complete the quick setup.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="606" class="wp-image-3147" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-40.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 40" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 357" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-40.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-40-300x200.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-40-768x511.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-40-600x400.jpeg 600w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>8. Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark101"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark102"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark103"></a> AP Router</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure the device as AP Router Mode:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark104"></a> Go to the <strong>QUICK SETUP </strong>page, select <em>AP Router</em> and click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="54" class="wp-image-3148" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-41.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 41" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 358"></p>
<p><strong>tp-link <em>PHAROS</em></strong></p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>About Support Log</p>
<p>Operation Mode: AP Client Router ▼ Tools</p>
<p>NETWORK WIRELESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM</p>
<p>Operation Mode</p>
<p>Please select the proper operation mode according to your needs:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>O Access Point</td>
<td>In this mode, the AP will act as a central hub for different wireless LAN clients. Multi-SSID is also available in this mode, which supports up to 4 different SSIDs and passwords.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Client</td>
<td>In client mode, the device can connect to a wired device and work as a wireless adapter to receive wireless signals from your wireless network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Repeater</td>
<td>In this mode, the device can copy and reinforce the existing wireless signal to extend the coverage of the signal, especially for a large space to eliminate signal-blind corners.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Bridge</td>
<td>Bridge mode borrows existing wireless internet and broadcasts it using a different SSID and password. In this mode, you can set up a wireless client to connect with a root AP and a wireless AP for local wireless coverage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>(•) AP Router</td>
<td>In this mode, the device enables multiple users to share the internet The wireless ports share the same IP address as the Ethernet WAN port to connect to the ISP The wireless port can be regarded as a LAN port while in AP Router mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O AP Client Router (WISP Client)</td>
<td>In this mode, multiple users can share an internet connection provided by a WISP. The LAN port devices share the same IP as that assigned by the WISP to the Wireless port. While connected to a WISP, the wireless port works as a WAN port in AP Client Router mode. The Ethernet port acts as a LAN port</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Next</p>
<p>The following window will pop up. Click Yes.</p>
<p>• For devices with one Ethernet port.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="911" height="181" class="wp-image-3149" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-42.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 42" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 359" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-42.jpeg 911w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-42-300x60.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-42-768x153.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 911px) 100vw, 911px" /></p>
<p>Note that if you select AP Router as the operation mode, the status of Port0 will change to WAN, and the management access will be disabled on this port after the process of quick setup. If you want to manage the device through Port0, configure the Remote Login IP Address. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark341"> <em>6.5. Configure Web Server</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p>For devices with two Ethernet ports.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="911" height="214" class="wp-image-3150" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-43.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 43" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 360" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-43.jpeg 911w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-43-300x70.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-43-768x180.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 911px) 100vw, 911px" /></p>
<p>Note that if you select AP Router as the operation mode, the status of Port0 will change to WAN, and the management access will be disabled on this port after the process of quick setup. You can connect to the Port1 of the device or wirelessly to manage it. If your want to manage the device through Port0, configure the Remote Login IP Address. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark341"> <em>6.5. Configure</em></a> <a href="#post-3107-bookmark341"><em>Web Server</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark105"></a> In the <strong>WAN Connection Type </strong>section, specify the connection type according to your need and click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="602" class="wp-image-3151" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-44.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 44" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 361" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-44.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-44-300x198.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-44-768x508.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>The device supports three types of the WAN connection, including <em>PPPoE, Dynamic IP</em> and <em>Static IP.</em> Contact your ISP to confirm your WAN connection type.</p>
<p>■ <strong>PPPoE</strong></p>
<p>Select <em>PPPoE</em> and click <em>Next,</em> then the following page will appear. In the <strong>WAN Settings </strong>section, specify the parameters that are provided by your ISP and click <em>Next.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="606" class="wp-image-3152" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-45.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 45" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 362" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-45.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-45-300x200.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-45-768x511.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-45-600x400.jpeg 600w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>■ <strong>Dynamic IP</strong></p>
<p>Select <em>Dynamic IP</em> and click <em>Next.</em> In this type, the device will obtain a WAN connection automatically without any WAN configurations.</p>
<p>■ <strong>Static IP</strong></p>
<p>Select <em>Static IP</em> and click <em>Next,</em> then the following page will appear. In the <strong>WAN Settings </strong>section, specify the parameters that are provided by your ISP and click <em>Next.</em></p>
<p>STATUS NETWORK WIRELESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM</p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>WAN Settings</p>
<p>IP Address: 10.0.0.0</p>
<p>Subnet Mask: 10.0.0.0</p>
<p>Default Gateway: 10.0.0.0</p>
<p>Primary DNS: 0.0.0 0</p>
<p>Secondary DNS: [ 0.0.0.0</p>
<p>] (Optional)</p>
<p>Back Next</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark106"></a> In the <strong>Wireless AP Settings </strong>section, specify the basic wireless parameters to create a wireless network. Click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>• It is recommended to specify <em>Security</em> as <strong>WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK </strong>for the network security.</p>
<p>• You can keep the default settings or specify the parameters according to your need. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"> <em>5. Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="613" class="wp-image-3153" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-46.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 46" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 363" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-46.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-46-300x202.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-46-768x517.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark107"></a> In the <strong>Finish </strong>section, review the configurations and click <em>Finish</em> to complete the quick setup.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="602" class="wp-image-3154" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-47.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 47" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 364" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-47.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-47-300x198.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-47-768x508.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>5. Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark108"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark109"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark110"></a> AP Client Router (WISP Client)</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure the device as AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark111"></a> Go to the <strong>QUICK SETUP </strong>page, select <em>AP Client Router (WISP Client)</em> and click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p>About Support Log</p>
<p><strong>q^tp-link <em>PHAROS</em></strong></p>
<p>Operation Mode: AP Client Router ▼ Tools</p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>NETWORK WIRELESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM</p>
<p>Operation Mode</p>
<p>Please select the proper operation mode according to your needs:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>O Access Point</td>
<td>In this mode, the AP will act as a central hub for different wireless LAN clients. Multi-SSID is also available in this mode, which supports up to 4 different SSIDs and passwords.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Client</td>
<td>In client mode, the device can connect to a wired device and work as a wireless adapter to receive wireless signals from your wireless network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Repeater</td>
<td>In this mode, the device can copy and reinforce the existing wireless signal to extend the coverage of the signal, especially for a large space to eliminate signal-blind corners.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Bridge</td>
<td>Bridge mode borrows existing wireless internet and broadcasts it using a different SSID and password. In this mode, you can set up a wireless client to connect with a root AP and a wireless AP for local wireless coverage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O AP Router</td>
<td>In this mode, the device enables multiple users to share the internet The wireless ports share the same IP address as the Ethernet WAN port to connect to the ISP. The wireless port can be regarded as a LAN port while in AP Router mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>@ AP Client Router (WISP Client)</td>
<td>In this mode, multiple users can share an internet connection provided by a WISP. The LAN port devices share the same IP as that assigned by the WISP to the Wireless port. While connected to a WISP, the wireless port works as a WAN port in AP Client Router mode. The Ethernet port acts as a LAN port</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Next</p>
<p>The following window will pop up. Click <em>Yes</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="181" class="wp-image-3155" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-48.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 48" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 365" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-48.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-48-300x60.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-48-768x153.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>Note that if you select AP Client Router (WISP Client) as the operation mode, you will not access the device through the WISP network after the process of quick setup. You can connect to the port of the device or wirelessly to manage it. If you want to manage the device through the WISP network, configure the Remote Login IP Address. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark341"> <em>6.5. Configure Web Server</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark112"></a> In the <strong>WAN Connection Type </strong>section, choose the connection type according to your need and click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="593" class="wp-image-3156" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-49.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 49" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 366" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-49.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-49-300x195.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-49-768x500.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>The device supports <em>PPPoE, Dynamic IP</em> and <em>Static IP</em> for the WAN connection. Contact your ISP to confirm your WAN connection type.</p>
<p>■ <strong>PPPoE</strong></p>
<p>Select <em>PPPoE</em> and click <em>Next,</em> then the following page will appear. In the <strong>WAN Settings </strong>section, specify the parameters that are provided by your ISP and click <em>Next.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="606" class="wp-image-3157" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-50.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 50" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 367" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-50.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-50-300x200.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-50-768x511.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-50-600x400.jpeg 600w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>■ <strong>Dynamic IP</strong></p>
<p>Select <em>Dynamic IP</em> and click <em>Next.</em> In this type, the device will obtain a WAN connection automatically without any WAN configurations.</p>
<p>■ <strong>Static IP</strong></p>
<p>Select <em>Static IP</em> and click <em>Next,</em> then the following page will appear. In the <strong>WAN Settings </strong>section, specify the parameters that are provided by your ISP and click <em>Next.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="604" class="wp-image-3158" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-51.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 51" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 368" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-51.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-51-300x199.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-51-768x510.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark113"></a> In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, click <em>Survey</em> to search for the upstream wireless network.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="617" class="wp-image-3159" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-52.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 52" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 369" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-52.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-52-300x203.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-52-768x521.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark114"></a> Select the desired wireless network and click <em>Connect.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>There may be two or more networks with the same SSID in the AP list. Click <em>Lock to AP</em> to select the SSID and AP simultaneously, which can make the device connect to the specific AP next time.</p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>NETWORK</p>
<p>WIRELESS MANAGEMENT</p>
<p>SYSTEM</p>
<p>Wireless Client Settings</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>BSSID</td>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>MAXtream</td>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>SNR (dB)</td>
<td>Signal/Noise (dBm)</td>
<td>Channel</td>
<td colspan="2">Security</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>18-A6-F7-41-26-46</td>
<td>daisy 3</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>42</td>
<td>-537-95</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-27-7F-6E</td>
<td>SR20_5G</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>50</td>
<td>-457-95</td>
<td>5220 (44)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-17-A6-E3</td>
<td>EAP-Show</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>14</td>
<td>-81/-95</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>D4-61-FE-5A-2A-00</td>
<td>das</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>11</td>
<td>-857-96</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA-PSK/WPA2 -PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-54-DB</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>35</td>
<td>-61/-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-57-1F</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>30</td>
<td>-667-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-57-74</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>47</td>
<td>-497-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-54-DB</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>37</td>
<td>-597-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-57-1F</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>31</td>
<td>-657-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-57-74</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>47</td>
<td>-497-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>WPA-PSK/WPA2</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Back</strong></p>
<p>Refresh</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark115"></a> In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, specify the wireless parameters to connect to the specified wireless network. Click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that <em>Security</em> and <em>PSK Password</em> are the same as the upstream wireless network&#8217;s. Other parameters set in this page and those of the upstream wireless network should be compatible with each other. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"> <em>5.</em></a> <a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"><em>Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>NETWORK</p>
<p>WIRELESS MANAGEMENT</p>
<p>SYSTEM</p>
<p>Wireless Client Settings</p>
<p>SSID of Remote AP: [t200 5G</p>
<p>MAC of Remote AP: 50-C7-BF-01-33-1F</p>
<p>Survey</p>
<p>□ Lock to AP</p>
<p>Region: | United States fl</p>
<p>Mode: 3C2 11aJn fl</p>
<p>WDS: | Auto</p>
<p>Channel Width: 2QM0MHZ fl</p>
<p>Security: |wPA-PSK JWPA2-PSK</p>
<p>PSK Password: | □ Show</p>
<p>We do not recommend using WEP encryption. You can go to WIRELESS page to configure the encryption mode.</p>
<p>Distance Setting: 0</p>
<p>] (0-27.g)km</p>
<p>Back</p>
<p>Next</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark116"></a> In the <strong>Wireless AP Settings </strong>section, specify the parameters to create a new wireless network for the downstream clients. Click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="611" class="wp-image-3160" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-53.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 53" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 370" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-53.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-53-300x201.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-53-768x516.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark117"></a> In the <strong>Finish </strong>section, review the configurations and click <em>Finish</em> to complete the quick setup.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="604" class="wp-image-3161" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-54.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 54" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 371" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-54.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-54-300x199.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-54-768x510.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>8. Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark122"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark123"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark124"></a> Monitor the Network</p>
<p>This chapter introduces how to monitor the running status and statistics of the wireless network, including:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark125"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark138"><em>View the Device Information</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark126"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark143"><em>View the Wireless Settings</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark127"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark148"><em>View Wireless Signal Quality</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark128"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark118"><em>View Radio Status</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark129"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark153"><em>View the LAN Settings</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark130"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark158"><em>View the WAN Settings</em></a></li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark131"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark163"><em>37 Monitor Throughput</em></a></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark132"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark168"><em>Monitor Stations</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark133"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark173"><em>Monitor Interfaces</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark134"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark178"><em>Monitor ARP Table</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark135"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark183"><em>Monitor Routes</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark136"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark188"><em>Monitor DHCP Clients</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark137"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark193"><em>Monitor Dynamic WAN</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark138"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark139"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark140"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark141"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark142"></a> View the Device Information</li>
</ol>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Device Information </strong>section, view the basic information of the device. To configure the device information, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark349"> <em>7. Configure the System</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p>Device Information</p>
<p>Device Name: CPE 510</p>
<p>Device Model: CPE510 v30</p>
<p>Firmware Version: 2.0 0 Build 20160908 Rel. 36610 (5553)</p>
<p>System Time: 2015-01-01 04:37:41</p>
<p>Uptime: 0 days 04:37:43</p>
<p>CPU: I 1%</p>
<p>Memory: 53%</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>Displays the name of the device. By default, it is the product model.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Model</td>
<td>Displays the product model and the hardware version of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Firmware</p>
<p>Version</td>
<td>Displays the current firmware version of the device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>System Time</td>
<td>Displays the current system time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Uptime</td>
<td>Displays the running time of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CPU</td>
<td>Displays the CPU occupancy.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Memory</p>
<p>Displays the memory occupancy.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark143"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark144"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark145"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark146"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark147"></a> View the Wireless Settings</li>
</ol>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Wireless Settings </strong>section, view the parameters of the wireless network created by the device. To configure the parameters, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"> <em>5. Configure</em></a> <a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"><em>the Wireless Parameters</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="544" height="328" class="wp-image-3162" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-55.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 55" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 372" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-55.jpeg 544w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-55-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 544px) 100vw, 544px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>MAXtream</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>MAXtream is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</li>
<li>MAXtream Technology is only compatible with Pharos series products. Working with products from other manufacturer will cause network fault.</li>
</ul>
<p>Displays the status of the MAXtream function. This function is only available in Access Point Mode and AP Router Mode. MAXtream is a TP-Link proprietary technology. It is based on TDMA (Time Division Multiple Access) so that data streams are transmitted in their own time slots. MAXtream aims to maximize throughput and minimize latency. &#8220;Hidden nodes&#8221; problem can also be eliminated with MAXtream enabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Region</td>
<td>Displays the region where you use the device. Available channels and maximum Transmit Power will be determined by the selected region according to the local laws and regulations.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel/ Frequency</td>
<td>Displays the channel and frequency which are currently used by the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel Width</td>
<td>Displays the channel width which is currently used by the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IEEE802.11</p>
<p>Mode</td>
<td>Displays the IEEE802.11 protocol currently used by the device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Max TX Rate</td>
<td>Displays the maximum data rate of the device during the sending of the wireless packets.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Antenna</td>
<td>Displays the antenna that you use.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Transmit Power</td>
<td>Displays the transmit power which is currently used by the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Distance</td>
<td>Displays the wireless coverage distance. In the coverage of the device, the clients can be placed to get good wireless performance.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark148"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark149"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark150"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark151"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark152"></a> View Wireless Signal Quality</li>
</ol>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Wireless Signal Quality </strong>section, view the current signal quality of the upstream wireless network. It is only applicable for the Client, Repeater, Bridge and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Modes.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="596" height="188" class="wp-image-3163" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-56.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 56" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 373" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-56.jpeg 596w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-56-300x95.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 596px) 100vw, 596px" /></p>
<p>Signal Strength Displays the received wireless signal strength of the root AP. There are two display modes. Values of the two chains are displyed separately in Horizontal/Vertical Mode, and together in Combined Mode. You can switch between display modes by clicking on it.</p>
<p>Noise Strength Displays the received environmental noise from wireless interference on the operating frequency.</p>
<p>SNR Displays the Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR) of the device. SNR refers to</p>
<p>the power ratio between the received wireless signal strength and the environmental noise strength. The larger SNR value is, the better network performance the device can provide.</p>
<p>Transmit CCQ Displays the wireless Client Connection Quality (CCQ). CCQ refers to the ratio of effective transmission bandwidth and the actual total bandwidth. It reflects the quality of the actual link. A larger value means a better utilization of the bandwidth.</p>
<p>3.4</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark118"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark119"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark120"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark121"></a> View Radio Status</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Radio Status </strong>section, view the radio status of the device.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="544" height="610" class="wp-image-3164" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-57.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 57" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 374" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-57.jpeg 544w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-57-268x300.jpeg 268w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 544px) 100vw, 544px" /></p>
<p>AP Status.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>AP</td>
<td>Displays the status of the wireless AP function. With this enabled, the device can provide a wireless network for the clients. By default, it is enabled in Access Point, Repeater, Bridge, AP Router and AP Client Router Modes and disabled in Client Mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the wireless interface connected to the clients.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>Displays the wireless network name (SSID) created by the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Security Mode</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>WEP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Displays the security mode you&#8217;ve selected for your wireless network. There are three security modes: WPA-PSK, WPA and WEP. None means that no security mode is selected and all the hosts are allowed to access the wireless network directly. The security mode which is set on the clients should be the same as that on this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connected</p>
<p>Stations</td>
<td>Displays the number of the connected stations.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Client Status.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Client</td>
<td>Displays the status of the wireless client function. With this function enabled, the device can connect to the root AP through wireless connection. By default, it is enabled in Client, Repeater, Bridge and AP Client Router Modes and disabled in Access Point and AP Router Modes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the wireless interface connected to the root AP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Security Mode</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>WEP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Displays the security mode you&#8217;ve selected for your wireless network. There are three security modes: WPA-PSK, WPA and WEP. None means that no security mode is selected and all the hosts are allowed to access the wireless network directly. The security mode which is set on the device should be the same as that on the root AP.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="544" height="264" class="wp-image-3165" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-58.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 58" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 375" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-58.jpeg 544w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-58-300x146.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 544px) 100vw, 544px" /></p>
<p>WDS</p>
<p>Displays the status of the WDS (Wireless Distribution System) function. WDS is a communication system among multiple wireless networks . It is established between APs through wireless connection. WDS is used during the connection process between the device and the root AP.</p>
<p><strong>Enable: </strong>Forward data frames using four address fields.</p>
<p><strong>Disable: </strong>Forward data frames using three address fields.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The device automatically negotiates the wireless data frame structure (three or four address fields) with the root AP. The selection of Auto is recommended.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Root AP BSSID</td>
<td>Displays the BSSID (Basic Service Set ID) of the root AP. BSSID is used to identify a BSS. Each BSS has its own BSSID. The BSSID is decided by the manufacturers, and it is usually related to the device&#8217;s MAC address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Root AP SSID</td>
<td>Displays the wireless network name of the root AP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX Rate</td>
<td>Displays the data rate of the device during the sending of the wireless packets.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RX Rate</td>
<td>Displays the data rate of the device during the receiving of the wireless packets.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connection</p>
<p>Time</td>
<td>Displays the amount of time the device has been connected to the root AP.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark153"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark154"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark155"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark156"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark157"></a> View the LAN Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>LAN </strong>section, view the LAN information of the device. To configure the LAN settings, refer to <a href="#post-3107-bookmark198"><em>4. Configure the Network</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the LAN port MAC address of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Displays the LAN port IP address of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Subnet Mask</td>
<td>Displays the subnet mask of the LAN.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Displays the current status of the LAN Ethernet port connections and the Maximum transmission rate of the plugged port.</p>
<p>Port</p>
<p>IPv6 IP Address/Prefix Displays the LAN port IPv6 address and prefix of the device.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark158"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark159"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark160"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark161"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark162"></a> View the WAN Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="544" height="413" class="wp-image-3166" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-59.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 59" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 376" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-59.jpeg 544w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-59-300x228.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 544px) 100vw, 544px" /> Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>WAN </strong>section, view the WAN information of the device. To configure the WAN settings, refer to <a href="#post-3107-bookmark198"><em>4. Configure the Network</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Connection Type</td>
<td>Displays the connection type of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the wireless interface connected to the root AP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Displays the IP address of the wireless interface connected to the root AP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Subnet Mask</td>
<td>Displays the subnet mask of the wireless interface connected to the root AP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Default Gateway</td>
<td>Displays the default gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DNS Server</td>
<td>Displays the DNS server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IPv6 IP Address/Prefix</td>
<td>Displays the WAN port IPv6 address and prefix of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IPv6 Gateway</td>
<td>Displays the default IPv6 gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IPv6 DNS</td>
<td>Displays the IPv6 DNS server.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark163"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark164"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark165"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark166"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark167"></a> Monitor Throughput</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Monitor </strong>section, select <em>Throughput</em> and monitor the current data traffic of specified interfaces including LAN, WAN, WLAN, WWAN and BRIDGE. Note that the interfaces which you can monitor are different among different operation modes.</p>
<p>Monitor</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="902" height="313" class="wp-image-3167" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-60.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 60" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 377" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-60.jpeg 902w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-60-300x104.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-60-768x267.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 902px) 100vw, 902px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark168"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark169"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark170"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark171"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark172"></a> Monitor Stations</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Monitor </strong>section, select <em>Stations</em> and monitor the information of all the stations that are connected to the device.</p>
<p>Monitor</p>
<p>Throughput Stations Interfaces ARP Table Routes DHCP Clients Dynamic WAN</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>Associated</p>
<p>SSID</td>
<td>Signal / Noise(dBm) ChainO/Chainl</td>
<td>CCQ</p>
<p>(%)</td>
<td>Negotiated Rate (Mbps)</td>
<td>Data TX / RX (kbps)</td>
<td>Distance (km)</td>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Connection Time</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>E4-B2-FB-7B-02-7F</td>
<td>CPE 510</td>
<td>TP-Link_Outdoo r_EF44BC</td>
<td>-44/-34.-90/-90</td>
<td>93</td>
<td>300.0</td>
<td>169/3962</td>
<td>0.00</td>
<td>192.168.0.100</td>
<td>0 days 00:04:01</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>&lt; Auto Refresh</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>Displays the device name of the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Associated</p>
<p>SSID</td>
<td>Displays the SSID that the station is connected to.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Signal/Noise (dBm)</td>
<td>Displays the signal strength and the noise strength of the wireless network. There are two display modes. Values of the two chains are displayed separately in Chain0/Chain1 Mode, and together in Combined Mode. You can switch between display modes by clicking on it.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>CCQ (%)</p>
<p>Displays the wireless Client Connection Quality (CCQ). CCQ refers to the ratio of effective transmission bandwidth and the actual total bandwidth. It reflects the quality of the actual link. A larger value means a better utilization of the bandwidth.</p>
<p>Negotiated Rate Displays the negotiated rates of the packets which the device transmits to</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Data TX/RX (kbps)</td>
<td>Displays the data rates of the last transmitted and received packets. TX means that the device transmits data to the station, while RX means that the device receives data from the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Distance (km)</td>
<td>Displays the distance between the device and the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Displays the IP address of the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connection</p>
<p>Time</td>
<td>Displays the connection duration.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><sup>(Mbps)</sup> the station.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Auto Refresh</td>
<td>Enable or disable Auto Refresh. With this feature enabled, the table will refresh automatically.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Click the MAC Address of a station to view the detailed information.</p>
<p>Station E4-B2-FB-7B-02-7F</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Device Name:</td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">Negotiated Rate Last Signal. dBm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Product:</td>
<td></td>
<td>6.0Mbps</td>
<td>N/A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Firmware:</td>
<td></td>
<td>9.0Mbps</td>
<td>N/A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connection Time:</td>
<td>00:10:30</td>
<td>12.0Mbps</td>
<td>N/A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RX Signal:</td>
<td>-33 dBm</td>
<td>18.0Mbps</td>
<td>N/A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2">24.0Mbps</td>
<td>-33</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Noise Floor:</td>
<td rowspan="2">-90 dBm</td>
<td rowspan="2">N/A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">36.0Mbps</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CCQ:</td>
<td>100%</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>48.0Mbps</td>
<td>N/A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Last IP:</td>
<td>192.1680 101</td>
<td>54.0Mbps</td>
<td>N/A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX/RX Rate:</td>
<td>300.0Mbps/24.0Mbps</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX/RX Bit Rate:</td>
<td>0.00kbps /0.00kbps</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX/RX Packets:</td>
<td>553/2241</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX/RX Packets Rate.pps:</td>
<td>0/0</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bytes Transmitted:</td>
<td>87653 (85.60kBytes)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bytes Received:</td>
<td>169733 (165.75kBytes)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Refresh</p>
<p>Device Name Displays the device name of the station.</p>
<p>Product</p>
<p>Displays the product name of the station.</p>
<p>Firmware Displays the firmware version of the station.</p>
<p>Connection Time Displays the connection duration.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Noise Floor</td>
<td>Displays the noise strength of the wireless network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CCQ</td>
<td>Displays the wireless Client Connection Quality (CCQ). CCQ refers to the ratio of effective transmission bandwidth and the actual total bandwidth. It reflects the quality of the actual link. A larger value means a better utilization of the bandwidth.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Last IP</td>
<td>Displays the IP address of the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX/RX Rate</td>
<td>Displays the negotiated rates of the transmitted and received packets. TX means that the device transmits data to the station, while RX means that the device receives data from the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX/RX Bit Rate</td>
<td>Displays the data rates of the last transmitted and received packets. TX means that the device transmits data to the station, while RX means that the device receives data from the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX/RX Packets</td>
<td>Displays the total number of the transmitted and received packets. TX means that the device transmits data to the station, while RX means that the device receives data from the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX/RX Packets Rate, pps</td>
<td>Displays the packet rates of the transmitted and received packets. TX means that the device transmits data to the station, while RX means that the device receives data from the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bytes</p>
<p>Transmitted</td>
<td>Displays the total amount of data which the device transmits to the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bytes Received</td>
<td>Displays the total amount of data which the device receives from the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Negotiated Rate</td>
<td>Displays the possible negotiated rates of the packets which the device receives from the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Last Signal, dBm</td>
<td>Displays the signal strength of the last packet which the device receives from the station at the corresponding negotiated rate.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>RX Signal</p>
<p>Displays the signal strength of the wireless network.</p>
<p>Click the IP Address of a station to access the web management page of the station.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark173"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark174"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark175"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark176"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark177"></a> Monitor Interfaces</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Monitor </strong>section, select <em>Interfaces</em> and monitor the relevant information of the interfaces.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Throughput Stations Interfaces</td>
<td>ARP Table</td>
<td colspan="2">Routes DHCP Clients</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Interface</td>
<td>MAC</td>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>MTU</td>
<td>RX Packets</td>
<td>RX Bytes</td>
<td>TX packets</td>
<td>TX Bytes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>LANO</td>
<td>30-B5-C2-BD-20-CC</td>
<td>o.o.o.o</td>
<td>1500</td>
<td>0</td>
<td>0</td>
<td>0</td>
<td>0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>LAN1</td>
<td>30-B5-C2-BD-20-CC</td>
<td>o.o.o.o</p>
<p>fe80::203:7fff:feff:fffe/64</td>
<td>1500</td>
<td>40336</td>
<td>5M</td>
<td>13691</td>
<td>4M</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>BRIDGE</td>
<td>30-B5-C2-BD-20-CC</td>
<td>192.168.0.251 fe80::32b5:c2ff:febd:20cc/64</td>
<td>1500</td>
<td>40245</td>
<td>4M</td>
<td>13697</td>
<td>3M</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>WLANO</td>
<td>30-B5-C2-BD-20-CC</td>
<td>O.O.O.O fe80::32b5:c2ff:febd:20cc/64</td>
<td>1500</td>
<td>0</td>
<td>0</td>
<td>0</td>
<td>0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="8">Auto Refresh</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Interface</td>
<td>Displays the interface of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Displays the IP address and IPv6 address of the interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MTU</td>
<td>Displays the Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) of the interface. It is the maximum packet size (in bytes) that the interface can transmit.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RX packets</td>
<td>Displays the total amount of packets received by the interface after the device is powered on.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RX Bytes</td>
<td>Displays the total amount of data (in bytes) received by the interface after the device is powered on.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX packets</td>
<td>Displays the total amount of packets sent by the interface after the device is powered on.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX Bytes</td>
<td>Displays the total amount of data (in bytes) sent by the interface after the device is powered on.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto Refresh</td>
<td>Enable or disable Auto Refresh. With this feature enabled, the table will refresh automatically.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark178"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark179"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark180"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark181"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark182"></a> Monitor ARP Table</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Monitor </strong>section, select <em>ARP Table</em> and monitor the ARP (Address Resolution Protocol) information recorded by the device.</p>
<p>ARP is used to associate each IP address to the unique hardware MAC address of each device on the network.</p>
<p>Monitor</p>
<p>Throughput Stations Interfaces ARP Table Routes DHCP Clients</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>MAC</td>
<td>Interface</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192.168.0.200</td>
<td>00-19-66-35-E1-B0</td>
<td>BRIDGE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192.168.0.16</td>
<td>00-0A-EB-13-23-7B</td>
<td>BRIDGE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192.168.0.61</td>
<td>F4-F2-6D-C 3-28-62</td>
<td>BRIDGE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>169.254.60.119</td>
<td>DC-9B-9C-D 3-17-61</td>
<td>BRIDGE</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Z Auto Refresh</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Displays the IP address of the corresponding ARP entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the corresponding ARP entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Interface</td>
<td>Displays the interface connected to the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto Refresh</td>
<td>Enable or disable Auto Refresh. With this feature enabled, the table will refresh automatically.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark183"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark184"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark185"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark186"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark187"></a> Monitor Routes</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Monitor </strong>section, select <em>Routes</em> and monitor the routing entries recorded by the device in the Routing table. Routing table is used for the device to decide the interface to forward the packets. You can enable or disable <em>Auto Refresh.</em> With this feature enabled, the table will refresh automatically.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="324" class="wp-image-3168" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-61.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 61" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 378" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-61.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-61-300x104.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-61-768x265.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<p>IPv4 Routes</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Destination</td>
<td>Displays the IP address of the destination device or destination network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Gateway</td>
<td>Displays the IP address of the appropriate gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SubnetMask</td>
<td>Displays the Subnet Mask of the destination network.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Displays the interface that the destination device is on.</p>
<p>Interface</p>
<p>IPv6 Routes</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Destination</td>
<td>Displays the IPv6 address of the destination device or destination network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Gateway</td>
<td>Displays the IPv6 address of the appropriate gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Interface</td>
<td>Displays the interface that the destination device is on.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark188"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark189"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark190"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark191"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark192"></a> Monitor DHCP Clients</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Monitor </strong>section, select <em>DHCP Clients</em> and monitor the information of all the DHCP clients.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Throughput Stations Interfaces</strong></td>
<td><strong>ARP Table Routes DHCP Clients</strong></td>
<td><strong>Dynamic WAN</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Client Name</td>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Assigned IP</td>
<td>Lease Time</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Jim</td>
<td>00-0A-EB-21-01-10</td>
<td>192.168.0.102</td>
<td>0 days 01:57:57</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4">* Auto Refresh</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Client Name</td>
<td>Displays the device name of the client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Assigned IP</td>
<td>Displays the IP address that the device assigned to the client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Lease Time</td>
<td>Displays the time that the client leased. When the time expires, the clients will request to renew the lease automatically.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto Refresh</td>
<td>Enable or disable Auto Refresh. With this feature enabled, the table will refresh automatically.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark193"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark194"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark195"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark196"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark197"></a> Monitor Dynamic WAN</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Dynamic WAN submenu is only available in AP Router Mode and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode when the WAN connection type is PPPoE, PPTP, L2TP or Dynamic.</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Monitor </strong>section, select <em>Dynamic WAN</em> and monitor the WAN connection status of the device. You can enable or disable Auto Refresh. With this feature enabled, the table will refresh automatically.</p>
<p>Throughput Stations Interfaces ARP Table Routes DHCP Clients Dynamic WAN</p>
<p>DHCP Status</p>
<p>Primary DNS: 0.0.0.0</p>
<p>Status: Disconnected</p>
<p>Secondary DNS: 0.0.0.0</p>
<p>IP Address: 0.0.0.0</p>
<p>Connection Uptime: 0 days 00:00:00</p>
<p>Subnet Mask: 0 0 0 0</p>
<p>Obtain</p>
<p>Gateway IP: 0.0.0 0</p>
<p>DHCPv6 Status</p>
<p>Primary DNS:</p>
<p>Status: Connected</p>
<p>Secondary DNS:</p>
<p>IP Address</p>
<p>Connection Uptime: 0 days 00:00:00</p>
<p>Subnet Mask:</p>
<p>Release</p>
<p>Gateway IP:</p>
<p>± Auto Refresh</p>
<p>DHCP Status</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Status</td>
<td>Displays the status of the WAN connection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Displays the IP address of the WAN.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Subnet Mask</td>
<td>Displays the subnet mask of the WAN.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Gateway IP</td>
<td>Displays the gateway address of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Primary DNS</td>
<td>Displays the primary DNS of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Secondary DNS</td>
<td>Displays the secondary DNS of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connection</p>
<p>Uptime</td>
<td>Displays the time that the latest WAN connection lasts.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Obtain</td>
<td>Click <em>Obtain</em> to obtain the WAN IP address from the upstream device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Release</td>
<td>Click <em>Release</em> to release the WAN IP address.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>DHCPv6 Status</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Status</td>
<td>Displays the status of the WAN connection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Displays the IPv6 address of the WAN.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Subnet Mask</td>
<td>Displays the subnet mask of the WAN.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Gateway IP</td>
<td>Displays the gateway address of the device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Secondary DNS</td>
<td>Displays the secondary DNS of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connection</p>
<p>Uptime</td>
<td>Displays the time that the latest WAN connection lasts.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Obtain</td>
<td>Click <em>Obtain</em> to obtain the WAN IPv6 address from the upstream device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Release</td>
<td>Click <em>Release</em> to release the WAN IPv6 address.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Primary DNS</p>
<p>Displays the primary DNS of the device.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark198"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark199"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark200"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark201"></a> Configure the Network</p>
<p>This chapter introduces how to configure the network parameters and the advanced features, including:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark202"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark210"><em>Configure WAN Parameters</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark203"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark220"><em>Configure LAN Parameters</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark204"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark240"><em>Configure Management VLAN</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark205"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark245"><em>Configure the Forwarding Feature</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark206"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark250"><em>Configure the Security Feature</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark207"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark257"><em>Configure Access Control</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark208"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark263"><em>Configure Static Routing</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark209"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark270"><em>Configure Bandwidth Control</em></a></li>
</ol>
<p><a href="#post-3107-bookmark277"><em>49 Configure IP &amp; MAC Binding</em></a></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark210"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark211"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark212"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark213"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark214"></a> Configure WAN Parameters</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>WAN submenu is only available in AP Router Mode and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>WAN submenu is used to create the WAN connection and configure the related advanced</p>
<p>parameters.</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>WAN </strong>section, configure the WAN parameters of the device.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="242" class="wp-image-3169" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-62.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 62" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 379" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-62.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-62-300x77.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-62-768x198.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure the WAN parameters:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark215"></a> Select the connection type according to your need. The device supports five types: Static, Dynamic, PPPoE, L2TP, and PPTP.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>L2TP or PPTP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>■ <strong>Static</strong></p>
<p>This connection type uses a permanent, fixed (static) IP address that is assigned by your ISP. In this type, you should fill in the IP address, Netmask, Gateway IP, and DNS IP address manually, which are assigned by your ISP.</p>
<p>WAN</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="872" height="296" class="wp-image-3170" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-63.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 63" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 380" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-63.jpeg 872w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-63-300x102.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-63-768x261.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 872px) 100vw, 872px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>IP address</td>
<td>Enter the IP address provided by your ISP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Netmask</td>
<td>Enter the netmask provided by your ISP. Normally use 255.255.255.0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Gateway IP</td>
<td>Enter the gateway IP address provided by your ISP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Primary DNS</td>
<td>Enter the DNS IP address provided by your ISP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Secondary DNS</td>
<td>Enter alternative DNS IP address if your ISP provides it.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IPv6</td>
<td>Enable or disable the IPv6 function. If the IPv6 function is enabled, the device will obtain a WAN IPv6 address. Select a method for the device to obtain the WAN IPv6 address according to the information provided by your ISP.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Static</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select static and enter the WAN IPv6 address, IPv6 netmask, IPv6 gateway, primary DNS and secondary DNS provided by your ISP.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6: H Enable 0 IPv6 Address: • Static Q) SLAAC O DHCPv6 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: | |</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Netmask: 64 |</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Gateway.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Primary DNS.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Secondary DNS.</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>SLAAC</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select SLAAC and the device will obtain the WAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6: 0 Enable 0 IPv6 Address: O Static SLAAC O DHCPv6 0</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>DHCPv6</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select DHCPv6 and the device will obtain the WAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: Q Static O SLAAC (g) DHCPv6 0</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MTU Size</td>
<td>The normal MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) value for most Ethernet networks is 1500 Bytes. For some ISPs you need to modify the MTU. But this is rarely required, and should not be done unless you are sure it is necessary for your ISP connection. This number should be an integer between 576 and 2026.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>WAN MAC</p>
<p>Address</td>
<td>Specify the MAC address of WAN interface. This field displays the current MAC address of the WAN port. If your ISP requires that you register the MAC address, enter the correct MAC address into this field. The format for the MAC Address is XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX (X is any hexadecimal digit). Click <em>Restore Factory MAC</em> to restore the MAC address of WAN port to the factory default value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Your PC&#8217;s MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the PC that is managing the device. Some ISPs require that you should register the MAC address of your PC. If the MAC address is required, click <em>Clone PC&#8217;s MAC</em> to set the WAN MAC address the same as your management PC&#8217;s MAC address.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>Dynamic</strong></p>
<p>For this connection, your ISP uses a DHCP server to assign your router an IP address for connecting to the internet. You don&#8217;t need to configure any parameters.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="313" class="wp-image-3171" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-64.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 64" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 381" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-64.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-64-300x103.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-64-768x264.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>IPv6 Enable or disable the IPv6 function. If the IPv6 function is enabled, the</p>
<p>device will obtain a WAN IPv6 address. Select a method for the device to obtain the WAN IPv6 address according to the information provided by your ISP.</p>
<p>• <strong>Static</strong></p>
<p>Select static and enter the WAN IPv6 address, IPv6 netmask, IPv6 gateway, primary DNS and secondary DNS provided by your ISP.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6. 0 Enable @ IPv6 Address: ® Static O SLAAC ODHCPv6 @</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Netmask- [64</strong></p>
<p><strong>Secondary DNS:</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>SLAAC</strong></p>
<p>Select SLAAC and the device will obtain the WAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>I</strong></p>
<p><strong> IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: Q Static (• SLAAC O DHCPv6 Q</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>DHCPv6</strong></p>
<p>Select DHCPv6 and the device will obtain the WAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>I</strong></p>
<p><strong> IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: O Static O SLAAC (g) DHCPv6 Q</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>MTU Size</td>
<td>Specify the MTU size. The normal MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) value for most Ethernet networks is 1500 Bytes. For some ISPs you need to modify the MTU. But this is rarely required, and should not be done unless you are sure it is necessary for your ISP connection. This number should be an integer between 576 and 2026.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Use These DNS</p>
<p>Servers</td>
<td>If your ISP gives you one or two DNS IP addresses, select Use These DNS Servers and enter the Primary DNS and Secondary DNS into the correct fields. Otherwise, the DNS servers will be assigned from ISP dynamically.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Primary DNS</td>
<td>Enter the DNS IP address provided by your ISP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Secondary DNS</td>
<td>Enter another DNS IP address provided by your ISP.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>WAN MAC</p>
<p>Address</td>
<td>Specify the WAN MAC address. This field displays the current MAC address of the WAN port. If your ISP binds the MAC address of your previous computer/router, enter the correct MAC address into this field. The format for the MAC Address is XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX (X is any hexadecimal digit). Click <em>Restore Factory MAC</em> to restore the MAC address of WAN port to the factory default value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Your PC&#8217;s MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the PC that is managing the device. Some ISPs require that you should register the MAC address of your PC. If the MAC address is required, click <em>Clone PC&#8217;s MAC</em> to set the WAN MAC address the same as your management PC&#8217;s MAC address.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>PPPoE</strong></p>
<p>If your ISP delivers internet through phone line and provides you with username and password, you should choose this type. Under this condition, you should fill in both User Name and Password that the ISP supplied. Note that these fields are case-sensitive.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="909" height="545" class="wp-image-3172" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-65.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 65" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 382" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-65.jpeg 909w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-65-300x180.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-65-768x460.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 909px) 100vw, 909px" /></p>
<p>Specify the parameters below and click <em>Connect:</em></p>
<p>User Name Enter the User Name that is provided by your ISP.</p>
<p>Password Enter the Password that is provided by your ISP.</p>
<p>Select the Connection Mode.</p>
<p>Connection</p>
<p>Mode</p>
<p>• <strong>On Demand</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="187" height="93" class="wp-image-3173" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-66.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 66" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 383"> Configure the device to disconnect your internet connection after a specified period of inactivity (Idle Time). If your internet connection has been terminated due to inactivity, Connection on Demand enables the device to automatically re-establish your connection when you attempt to access the internet again. The default Idle Time is 15 minutes. If your internet connection is expected to remain active all the time, enter 0 in the Idle Time field. If you pay by time for your internet access, choose this mode to save your internet-access fee.</p>
<p>Connection Mode:</p>
<p>On Demand</p>
<p>Idle Time:</p>
<p>15</p>
<p>minutes</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark216"></a><strong>Automatic</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Connect automatically after the device is disconnected. If you are charged a flat monthly fee, choose this mode.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark217"></a><strong>Time-based</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Configure the device to make it connect or disconnect based on time. Enter the start time in From (HH:MM) for connecting and end time in To (HH:MM) for disconnecting. If you need to control the time period of internet access, choose this mode.</p>
<p>Connection Mode:</p>
<p>From(HH:MM):</p>
<p>To(HH:MM):</p>
<p>• <strong>Manual</strong></p>
<p>Configure the device to make it connect or disconnect manually. After a specified period of inactivity (Idle Time), the device will disconnect your internet connection, and you must click <em>Connect</em> manually to access the internet again. If your internet connection is expected to remain active all the times, enter 0 in the Idle Time field. Otherwise, enter the desired Idle Time in minutes you wish to use. If you pay by time for your internet access, choose this mode to save your internet­access fee.</p>
<p>Connection Mode:</p>
<p>Manual</p>
<p>Idle Time:</p>
<p>15</p>
<p>1 minutes</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Second</p>
<p>Connection</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Second Connection is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>If your ISP provides an extra Connection type such as Dynamic/Static IP to connect to a local area network, activate this secondary connection.</p>
<p><strong>Disable: </strong>The Secondary Connection is disabled by default, so there is PPPoE connection only. This is recommended.</p>
<p><strong>Dynamic IP: </strong>Use dynamic IP address to connect to the local area network provided by ISP.</p>
<p><strong>Static IP: </strong>Use static IP address to connect to the local area network provided by ISP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IPv6</td>
<td>Enable or disable the IPv6 function. If the IPv6 function is enabled, the device will obtain a WAN IPv6 address. Select a method for the device to obtain the WAN IPv6 address according to the information provided by your ISP.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>SLAAC</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select SLAAC and the device will obtain the WAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6: 0 Enable </strong>Q <strong>IPv6 Address O Static (§) SLAAC Q DHCPv6 </strong>Q</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>DHCPv6</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select DHCPv6 and the device will obtain the WAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6: M Enable </strong>Q <strong>IPv6 Address: O Stade Q SLAAC @ 0HCPv6 </strong>Q</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MTU Size</td>
<td>Specify the MTU size. The default MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) size is 1480 bytes, which is usually appropriate. For some ISPs, you need modify the MTU. This should not be done unless your ISP told you to. This number should be an integer between 576 and 2026.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Service Name</td>
<td>Specify the Service Name provided by your ISP. Keep it empty if your ISP doesn&#8217;t provide the name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>AC Name</td>
<td>Specify the AC Name provided by your ISP. Keep it empty if your ISP doesn&#8217;t provide the name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Detect Internal</td>
<td>Specify the Detect Interval. The default value is 0. Input the value between 0 and 120. The device will detect Access Concentrator online every interval seconds. If the value is 0, it means not detecting.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Use</p>
<p>ISP-specified IP</td>
<td>If your service provider provides you with an IP address along with the user name and password, Enable &#8220;Use ISP-specified IP&#8221; and enter the IP address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Use These DNS</p>
<p>Servers</td>
<td>If the ISP provides a DNS server IP address for you, Enable Use These DNS Server, and fill the Primary DNS and Secondary DNS fields below. Otherwise, the DNS servers will obtain automatically from ISP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>WAN MAC</p>
<p>Address</td>
<td>Specify the WAN MAC address. This field displays the current MAC address of the WAN port. If your ISP binds the MAC address of your previous computer/router, enter the correct MAC address into this field. The format for the MAC Address is XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX (X is any hexadecimal digit). Click <em>Restore Factory MAC</em> to restore the MAC address of WAN port to the factory default value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Your PC&#8217;s MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the PC that is managing the device. Click <em>Clone PC&#8217;s MAC</em> to set the WAN MAC address the same as your management PC&#8217;s MAC address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Restore to</p>
<p>Factory MAC</td>
<td>Click this button to restore the WAN MAC address as factory MAC address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Clone PC&#8217;s MAC</td>
<td>Click this button to set the WAN MAC address as PC&#8217;s MAC address.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>L2TP/PPTP</strong></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>L2TP or PPTP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>If your ISP supplies internet access through L2TP or PPTP, it will provide the following parameters. The configurations of L2TP and PPTP are the same, and the following introduction takes L2TP as an example.</p>
<p>WAN E</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="294" class="wp-image-3174" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-67.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 67" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 384" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-67.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-67-300x102.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-67-768x261.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>Specify the parameters below and click <em>Connect:</em></p>
<p>Server IP/Name Enter the server IP address or the domain name provided by your ISP.</p>
<p>Enter the User Name provided by your ISP. This field is case-sensitive.</p>
<p>User Name</p>
<p>Password</p>
<p>Connection</p>
<p>Mode</p>
<p>Enter the Password provided by your ISP. This field is case-sensitive.</p>
<p>Select the Connection Mode.</p>
<p>• <strong>On Demand</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="420" height="73" class="wp-image-3175" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-68.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 68" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 385" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-68.jpeg 420w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-68-300x52.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 420px) 100vw, 420px" /> Configure the device to disconnect your internet connection after a specified period of inactivity (Idle Time). If your internet connection has been terminated due to inactivity, Connection on Demand enables the device to automatically re-establish your connection when you attempt to access the internet again. The default Idle Time is 15 minutes. If your internet connection is expected to remain active all the time, enter 0 in the Idle Time field. If you pay by time for your internet access, choose this mode to save your internet-access fee.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark218"></a><strong>Automatic</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Connect automatically after the device is disconnected. If you are charged a flat monthly fee, choose this mode.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark219"></a><strong>Manual</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Configure the device to make it connect or disconnect manually. After a specified period of inactivity (Idle Time), the device will disconnect your internet connection, and you must click <em>Connect</em> manually to access the internet again. If your internet connection is expected to remain active all the times, enter 0 in the Idle Time field. Otherwise, enter the desired Idle Time in minutes you wish to use. If you pay by time for your internet access, choose this mode to save your internet­access fee.</p>
<p>Connection Mode: Manual Q</p>
<p>Idle Time: 15 | minutes</p>
<p>Second</p>
<p>Connection</p>
<p>If your ISP provides a Connection type such as Dynamic/Static IP to connect to a local area network, activate this secondary connection.</p>
<p><strong>Dynamic IP: </strong>Use dynamic IP address to connect to the local area network provided by ISP.</p>
<p><strong>Static IP: </strong>Use static IP address to connect to the local area network provided by ISP.</p>
<p>IPv6 Enable or disable the IPv6 function. If the IPv6 function is enabled, the</p>
<p>device will obtain a WAN IPv6 address. Select a method for the device to obtain the WAN IPv6 address according to the information provided by your ISP.</p>
<p>• <strong>Static</strong></p>
<p>Select static and enter the WAN IPv6 address, IPv6 netmask, IPv6 gateway, primary DNS and secondary DNS provided by your ISP.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6. 0 Enable @ IPv6 Address: ® Static O SLAAC ODHCPv6 @</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Netmask- [64</strong></p>
<p><strong>Secondary DNS:</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>SLAAC</strong></p>
<p>Select SLAAC and the device will obtain the WAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>I</strong></p>
<p><strong> IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: Q Static (• SLAAC O DHCPv6 Q</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>DHCPv6</strong></p>
<p>Select DHCPv6 and the device will obtain the WAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>I</strong></p>
<p><strong> IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: O Static O SLAAC (g) DHCPv6 Q</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>MTU Size</td>
<td>Specify the MTU size. The normal MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) value for most Ethernet networks is 1500 Bytes. For some ISPs you need to modify the MTU. But this is rarely required, and should not be done unless you are sure it is necessary for your ISP connection. This number should be an integer between 576 and 2026.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>WAN MAC</p>
<p>Address</td>
<td>Specify the WAN MAC address. This field displays the current MAC address of the WAN port. If your ISP requires that you register the MAC address, enter the correct MAC address into this field. The format for the MAC Address is XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX (X is any hexadecimal digit). Click <em>Restore Factory MAC</em> to restore the MAC address of WAN port to the factory default value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Your PC&#8217;s MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the PC that is managing the device. Some ISPs require that you should register the MAC address of your PC. If the MAC address is required, click <em>Clone PC&#8217;s MAC</em> to set the WAN MAC address the same as your management PC&#8217;s MAC.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>3. Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark220"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark221"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark222"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark223"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark224"></a> Configure LAN Parameters</li>
</ol>
<p>LAN submenu is used to configure the LAN parameters for the device and the clients.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark225"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark226"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark227"></a> Access Point/Client/Repeater/Bridge Mode</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>LAN </strong>section, configure the following parameters.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="307" class="wp-image-3176" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-69.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 69" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 386" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-69.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-69-300x98.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-69-768x251.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure the LAN parameters:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark228"></a> Select the connection type according to your need. The device supports two types: Static and Dynamic.</li>
</ol>
<p>■ <strong>Static</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="643" class="wp-image-3177" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-70.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 70" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 387" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-70.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-70-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-70-768x543.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>IP address</td>
<td>Enter the LAN IP address of your device. By default, it is 192.168.0.254.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>When you change the LAN IP address in the <strong>Network </strong>tab, you should log in with the new IP address and save the settings for the configuration change to take effect. Otherwise the configuration will be lost after the reboot.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Netmask</td>
<td>Enter the Netmask provided by your ISP. Normally use 255.255.255.0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Gateway IP</td>
<td>Enter the gateway IP address for your device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Primary DNS</td>
<td>Enter the primary DNS IP address provided by your ISP. Consult your ISP if you don&#8217;t know the DNS value. The factory default setting is 0.0.0.0, which means no primary DNS is assigned.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Secondary DNS</td>
<td>Enter the secondary DNS IP address of alternative DNS server if your ISP has two DNS servers. The factory default setting is 0.0.0.0, which means no secondary DNS is assigned.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MTU Size</td>
<td>Specify the MTU size. The normal MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) value for most Ethernet networks is 1500 Bytes. For some ISPs you need to modify the MTU. But this is rarely required, and should not be done unless you are sure it is necessary for your ISP connection. This number should be an integer between 576 and 2026.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IGMP Proxy</td>
<td>Enable or disable IGMP (Internet Group Management Protocol) Proxy. IGMP proxy is used to process the multicast stream in the netwok. It normally works for IPTV service.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DHCP Server</td>
<td>Enable or disable the DHCP server function. With this function enabled, the build-in DHCP server will assign IP address to the clients connected to the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start IP Address</td>
<td>Specify the first IP address of the IP address pool. By default, it is 192.168.0.100.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>End IP Address</td>
<td>Specify the last IP address of the IP address pool. By default, it is 192.168.0.199.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Default</p>
<p>Gateway</td>
<td>Specify the gateway IP address for the LAN network. By default, it is 192.168.0.254.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Default Domain</td>
<td>(Optional) Specify the domain name for the DHCP server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Primary DNS</td>
<td>Enter the DNS IP address for the LAN. By default, it is 0.0.0.0, which means no primary DNS is assigned.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Secondary DNS Enter the IP address of alternative DNS server if there are two DNS servers. By default, it is 0.0.0.0, which means no secondary DNS is assigned.</p>
<p>Lease Time</p>
<p>Enter the amount time of the leased IP address assigned by the DHCP server. When the time expires, the clients will request to renew the lease automatically.</p>
<p>Address</p>
<p>Reservation</p>
<p>Enable Address Reservation and specify a reserved IP address for a PC on the local area network, so the PC will always obtain the same IP address each time when it starts up. Reserved IP addresses could be assigned to servers that require permanent IP settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="679" height="127" class="wp-image-3178" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-71.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 71" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 388" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-71.jpeg 679w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-71-300x56.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 679px) 100vw, 679px" /></p>
<p>To configure Address Reservation:</p>
<p>Click <em>Add,</em> specify the MAC address and the IP address. Enable this entry, then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<p>IPv6</p>
<p>Enable or disable the IPv6 function. If the IPv6 function is enabled, the device will obtain a LAN IPv6 address. Select a method for the device to obtain the LAN IPv6 address according to the information provided by your ISP.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark229"></a><strong>Static</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select static and enter the LAN IPv6 address and IPv6 netmask.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: • Static O SLAAC O DHCPv6 Q</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address.</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Netmask: 64</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark230"></a><strong>SLAAC</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select SLAAC and the device will obtain the LAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>I</strong></p>
<p><strong> IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: O Static <em>&lt;g&gt;</em> SLAAC O DHCPv6 0</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>DHCPv6</strong></p>
<p>Select DHCPv6 and the device will obtain the LAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>I</strong></p>
<p><strong> IPv6: 0 Enable e</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: Q Static O SLAAC (g) DHCPv6 0</strong></p>
<p>■ <strong>Dynamic</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="368" class="wp-image-3179" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-72.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 72" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 389" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-72.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-72-300x121.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-72-768x311.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Fallback IP</td>
<td>Enable or disable the Fallback IP. When the device fails to find the DHCP server, it will use the fallback IP as the LAN IP address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DHCP Fallback IP</td>
<td>Specify the fallback IP for the device. By default, it is 192.168.0.254.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>DHCP Fallback</p>
<p>Mask</td>
<td>Specify the fallback netmask for the device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Primary DNS</td>
<td>Enter the DNS IP address for the LAN. By default, it is 0.0.0.0, which means no primary DNS is assigned.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Secondary DNS</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of alternative DNS server if there are two DNS servers. By default, it is 0.0.0.0, which means no secondary DNS is assigned.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MTU Size</td>
<td>Specify the MTU size. The normal MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) value for most Ethernet networks is 1500 Bytes. For some ISPs you need to modify the MTU. But this is rarely required, and should not be done unless you are sure it is necessary for your ISP connection. This number should be an integer between 576 and 2026.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IGMP Proxy</td>
<td>Enable or disable IGMP (Internet Group Management Protocol) Proxy. IGMP proxy is used to process the multicast stream in the network. It normally works for IPTV service.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>IPv6</p>
<p>Enable or disable the IPv6 function. If the IPv6 function is enabled, the device will obtain a LAN IPv6 address. Select a method for the device to obtain the LAN IPv6 address according to the information provided by your ISP.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark231"></a><strong>Static</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select static and enter the LAN IPv6 address and IPv6 netmask.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: • Static O SLAAC O DHCPv6 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address.</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Netmask. 64</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark232"></a><strong>SLAAC</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select SLAAC and the device will obtain the LAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>I</strong></p>
<p><strong> IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: Q Static (• SLAAC O DHCPv6 0</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>DHCPv6</strong></p>
<p>Select DHCPv6 and the device will obtain the LAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>I</strong></p>
<p><strong> IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: O Static O SLAAC (g) DHCPv6 0</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark233"></a> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark234"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark235"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark236"></a> AP Router/AP Client Router Mode</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>LAN </strong>section, configure the following parameters.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="940" height="799" class="wp-image-3180" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-73.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 73" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 390" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-73.jpeg 940w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-73-300x255.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-73-768x653.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 940px) 100vw, 940px" /></p>
<p>1. For LAN connection type, the device only supports Static.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>IP address</td>
<td>Enter the LAN IP address of your device. By default, it is 192.168.0.254.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>When you change the LAN IP address in the <strong>Network </strong>tab, you should log in with the new IP address and save the settings for the configuration change to take effect. Otherwise the configuration will be lost after the reboot.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Netmask</td>
<td>Enter the Netmask provided by your ISP. Normally use 255.255.255.0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MTU Size</td>
<td>Specify the MTU size. The normal MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) value for most Ethernet networks is 1500 Bytes. For some ISPs you need to modify the MTU. But this is rarely required, and should not be done unless you are sure it is necessary for your ISP connection. This number should be an integer between 576 and 2026.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>IGMP Proxy</td>
<td>Enable or disable IGMP (Internet Group Management Protocol) Proxy. IGMP proxy is used to process the multicast stream in the netwok. It normally works for IPTV service.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DHCP Server</td>
<td>Enable or disable the DHCP server function. With this function enabled, the build-in DHCP server will assign IP address to the clients connected to the device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Specify the first IP address of the IP address pool. By default, it is 192.168.0.100.</p>
<p>Start IP Address</p>
<p>End IP Address</p>
<p>Default</p>
<p>Gateway</p>
<p>Default Domain</p>
<p>Primary DNS</p>
<p>Secondary DNS</p>
<p>Lease Time</p>
<p>Address Reservation</p>
<p>Specify the last IP address of the IP address pool. By default, it is 192.168.0.199.</p>
<p>Specify the gateway IP address for the LAN network. By default, it is 192.168.0.254.</p>
<p>(Optional) Specify the domain name for the DHCP server.</p>
<p>Enter the DNS IP address for the LAN. By default, it is 0.0.0.0, which means no primary DNS is assigned.</p>
<p>Enter the IP address of alternative DNS server if there are two DNS servers. By default, it is 0.0.0.0, which means no secondary DNS is assigned.</p>
<p>Enter the amount time of the leased IP address assigned by the DHCP server. When the time expires, the clients will request to renew the lease automatically.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="679" height="127" class="wp-image-3181" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-74.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 74" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 391" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-74.jpeg 679w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-74-300x56.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 679px) 100vw, 679px" /> Enable Address Reservation and specify a reserved IP address for a PC on the local area network, so the PC will always obtain the same IP address each time when it starts up. Reserved IP addresses could be assigned to servers that require permanent IP settings.</p>
<p>To configure Address Reservation:</p>
<p>Click <em>Add,</em> specify the MAC address and the IP address. Enable this entry, then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<p>Enable or disable the IPv6 function. If the IPv6 function is enabled, the device will obtain a LAN IPv6 address. Select a method for the device to obtain the LAN IPv6 address according to the information provided by your ISP.</p>
<p>IPv6</p>
<p>• <strong>Static</strong></p>
<p>Select static and enter the LAN IPv6 address and IPv6 netmask.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6: 0 Enable</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: &lt;g) Static O Prefix Delegation o</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: | |</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Netmask: 164 |</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>Prefix Delegation</strong></p>
<p>Select Prefix Delegation and the device will obtain the LAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p>IPv6: [Z Enable Q</p>
<p>IPv6 Address: C Static (• Prefix Delegation Q</p>
<p>IPv6 DHCP Enable or disable the IPv6 DHCP server function. With IPv6 DHCP server <sup>Server</sup> enabled, the clients will obtain the IPv6 address from the DHCP server.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark237"></a><strong>Disabled</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select Disabled to disable the IPv6 DHCP server function</p>
<p>IPv6 DHCP Server: (§: Disabled (’ Stateless O Stateful Q</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark238"></a><strong>Stateless/Stateful</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select Stateless or Stateful, and the clients will obtain the IPv6 address from the IPv6 DHCP server automatically. Enable or disable the DNS proxy. With this feature enabled, the device will obtain the DNS server automatically. With this feature disabled, you should specify the DNS address manually.</p>
<p>IPv6 DHCP Server: O Disabled © Stateless O Stateful <strong>0</strong></p>
<p>I</p>
<p>ONS Proxy: □ Enable <strong>0</strong></p>
<p>Preferred DNS: | |</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark239"></a> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark240"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark241"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark242"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark243"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark244"></a> Configure Management VLAN</li>
</ol>
<p>Management VLAN provides a safer way for you to manage the device. With Management VLAN enabled, only the hosts in the management VLAN can manage the device. Since most hosts cannot process VLAN tags, connect the management host to the network via a switch, and set up correct VLAN settings to ensure the communication between the host and the device in the management VLAN.</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>Management VLAN Interfaces </strong>section, enable the Management VLAN function, specify <em>VLAN ID</em> and click <em>Apply.</em> Then click <em>Save</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="132" class="wp-image-3182" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-75.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 75" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 392" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-75.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-75-300x42.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-75-768x108.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<p>Management Enable or disable the Management VLAN function. By default, it is disabled. VLAN</p>
<p>VLAN ID Specify the Management VLAN ID. The valid values are from 2 to 4094.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark245"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark246"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark247"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark248"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark249"></a> Configure the Forwarding Feature</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Forwarding submenu is only available in AP Router Mode and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>The IP address used on the internet is public IP address, while IP address used on local area network is private IP address. The hosts using private IP addresses cannot access the internet directly and vice versa.</p>
<p>The hosts using private IP addresses visit internet through NAT (Network Address Translation) technology. NAT can transfer private IP addresses into public IP addresses to realize the communication from internal hosts to external hosts.</p>
<p>If the hosts on the internet want to visit the hosts on local area network, the forwarding function should be used, including DMZ, Virtual server, Port triggering and UPnP.</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>Forwarding </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em> Then click <em>Save</em>.</p>
<p>Forwarding</p>
<p>DMZ: 0 Enable <em>Q</em></p>
<p>DMZ IP: 10.0.0.0 |</p>
<p>ALG: 0 FTP ALG 0 TFTP ALG 0 H323 ALG 0 RTSP ALG <strong>0 </strong>Virtual Server: □ Enable <strong>0</strong></p>
<p>Port Trigger: □ Enable</p>
<p>UPnP: □ Enable <strong>0</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>DMZ</td>
<td>Enable or disable the DMZ function. DMZ (Demilitarized Zone) specifically allows one computer/device behind NAT to become &#8220;demilitarized&#8221;, so all packets from the external network are forwarded to this computer/device. The demilitarized host is exposed to the wide area network, which can realize the unlimited bidirectional communication between internal hosts and external hosts.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DMZ IP</td>
<td>Specify the IP address of the local host network device. The DMZ host device will be completely exposed to the external network. Any PC that was used for a DMZ must have a static or reserved IP Address because its IP Address may change when using the DHCP function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>ALG</td>
<td>Select the type of ALG to enable the corresponding feature. Common NAT only translates the address of packets at network layer and the port number at transport layer but cannot deal with the packets with embedded source/destination information in the application layer. Application layer gateway (ALG) can deal with protocols with embedded source/destination information in the application payload. Some protocols such as FTP, TFTP, H323 and RTSP require ALG (Application Layer Gateway) support to pass through NAT.</p>
<p><strong>FTP ALG: </strong>Allows FTP clients and servers to transfer data across NAT.</p>
<p><strong>TFTP ALG: </strong>Allows TFTP clients and servers to transfer data across NAT.</p>
<p><strong>H323 ALG: </strong>Allows Microsoft NetMeeting clients to communicate across NAT.</p>
<p><strong>RTSP ALG: </strong>Allows some media player clients to communicate with some streaming media servers across NAT.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Enable or disable Virtual Server. Virtual servers can be used for setting up public services on your local area network, such as DNS, Email and FTP. A virtual server is defined as a service port, and all requests from the internet to this service port will be redirected to the LAN server. Virtual Server function not only makes the users from internet visit the local area network, but also keeps network security within the intranet as other services are still invisible from internet. The LAN server must have a static or reserved IP Address because its IP Address may change when using the DHCP function.</p>
<p>Virtual Server</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="709" height="135" class="wp-image-3183" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-76.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 76" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 393" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-76.jpeg 709w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-76-300x57.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 709px) 100vw, 709px" /></p>
<p>To configure Virtual Server:</p>
<p>Click <em>Add,</em> specify the following parameters and <em>Enable</em> the entry. Click <em>Save.</em></p>
<p><strong>IP: </strong>Enter the IP Address of the PC providing the service application.</p>
<p><strong>Internal Port: </strong>Enter the Internal Port number of the PC running the service application. You can leave it blank if the Internal Port is the same as the Service Port, or enter a specific port number.</p>
<p><strong>Service Port: </strong>Enter the numbers of external Service Port. You can type a service port or a range of service ports (the format is XXX &#8211; YYY, XXX is the start port, YYY is the end port). Internet users send request to the port for services.</p>
<p><strong>Protocol: </strong>Choose the one of the protocols used for this application: TCP, UDP, or TCP/UDP.</p>
<p>Enable or disable port trigger. Due to the existence of the firewall, some applications such as online games, video conferences, VoIPs and P2P downloads need the device to configure the forwarding to work properly, and these applications require multiple ports connection, for single-port virtual server cannot meet the demand. Port trigger function comes at this time. When an application initiates a connection to the trigger port, all the incoming ports will open for subsequent connections.</p>
<p>Port Trigger</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="709" height="133" class="wp-image-3184" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-77.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 77" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 394" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-77.jpeg 709w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-77-300x56.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 709px) 100vw, 709px" /></p>
<p>To configure port trigger:</p>
<p>Click <em>Add,</em> specify the following parameters and <em>Enable</em> the entry. Click <em>Save.</em></p>
<p><strong>Incoming Port: </strong>Enter the incoming port for incoming traffic. The port or port range is used by the remote system when it responds to the outgoing request. A response to one of these ports will be forwarded to the PC that triggered this rule. You can input at most 5 groups of ports (or port section). Every group of ports must be set apart with “,”. For example, 2000-2038, 2050-2051,2085, 3010-3030.</p>
<p><strong>Trigger Port: </strong>Enter the trigger port for outgoing traffic. An outgoing connection using this port will “Trigger” this rule.</p>
<p><strong>Protocol: </strong>Choose the one of the protocols used for this application: TCP, UDP, or TCP/UDP.</p>
<p>Enable or disable UPnP. If you use applications such as multiplayer gaming, peer-to-peer connections, or real-time communications such as instant messaging or remote assistance (a feature in Windows XP), you should enable the UPnP function. The Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) function allows the devices, such as internet computers, to access the local host resources or devices as needed. Host in the local area network can automatically open the corresponding ports on a router, and make the application of external host access the resources of the internal host through the opened ports. Therefore, the functions limited to the NAT can work properly. Compared to virtual server and port triggering, the application of UPnP doesn&#8217;t need manual settings. It is more convenient for some applications required unfixed ports.</p>
<p>UPnP</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="709" height="148" class="wp-image-3185" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-78.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 78" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 395" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-78.jpeg 709w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-78-300x63.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 709px) 100vw, 709px" /></p>
<p><strong>App Description: </strong>Displays the description provided by the application in the UPnP request.</p>
<p><strong>External Port: </strong>Displays the external port number that the router opened for the service application.</p>
<p><strong>Internal Port: </strong>Displays the internal service port number of the local host running the service application.</p>
<p><strong>Protocol: </strong>Displays which type of protocol is opened.</p>
<p><strong>IP Address: </strong>Displays the IP address of the local host which initiates the UPnP request.</p>
<p><strong>Status: </strong>Enabled means that port is still active. Otherwise, the port is inactive.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark250"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark251"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark252"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark253"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark254"></a> Configure the Security Feature</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Security submenu is only available in AP Router Mode and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>Stateful Packet Inspection (SPI) is a firewall that keeps track of the state of network connections (such as TCP streams, UDP communication) traveling across it. The firewall is programmed to distinguish legitimate packets for different types of connections. Only packets matching a known active connection will be allowed to pass through by the firewall and others will be rejected. SPI Firewall is enabled by factory default.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark255"></a> Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>Security &gt; Basic </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="153" class="wp-image-3186" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-79.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 79" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 396" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-79.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-79-300x50.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-79-768x129.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-79-600x100.jpeg 600w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>SPI Firewall</td>
<td>Check the Enable box to use the SPI Firewall function. If forwarding rules are enabled at the same time, the device will give priority to meet forwarding rules.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ping</td>
<td>Select and enable the ping forbidden function.</p>
<p><strong>WAN Ping Forbidden: </strong>Enable or disable this function. With this option enabled, the device will not reply the ping request originates from internet. By default, it is disabled.</p>
<p><strong>LAN Ping Forbidden: </strong>Enable or disable this function. With this option enabled, the device will not reply the ping request originates from local network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>VPN</td>
<td>Select and enable the VPN function.</p>
<p>A VPN is created by establishing a virtual point-to-point connection through the use of dedicated connections, virtual tunneling protocols, or traffic encryptions. Through VPN you can access your private network over internet. A virtual private network connection across the internet is similar to a wide area network (WAN) link between sites. From a user perspective, the extended network resources are accessed in the same way as resources available within the private network. When hosts in the local area network want to visit the remote virtual private network using virtual tunneling protocols, the corresponding VPN protocol should be enabled.</p>
<p><strong>PPTP Passthrough: </strong>PPTP (Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol) allows the Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) to be tunneled through an IP (Internet Protocol) network. Check the box to allow PPTP tunnels to pass through the Device.</p>
<p><strong>L2TP Passthrough: </strong>L2TP (Layer Two Tunneling Protocol) is the method used to enable Point-to-Point connections via the internet on the Layer Two level. Check the box to allow L2TP tunnels to pass through the Device.</p>
<p><strong>IPSec Passthrough: </strong>IPSec (Internet Protocol Security) is a suite of protocols for ensuring private, secure communications over IP (Internet Protocol) networks, through the use of cryptographic security services. Check the box to allow IPSec tunnels to pass through the Device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. In the <strong>Security &gt; Advanced Settings </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="214" class="wp-image-3187" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-80.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 80" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 397" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-80.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-80-300x71.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-80-768x181.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>DoS Protection Enable the DoS Protection and specify the parameters.</p>
<p>DoS (Denial of Service) Attack is to occupy the network bandwidth maliciously by the network attackers or the evil programs sending a lot of service requests to the Host, which incurs an abnormal service or even breakdown of the network. With DoS Protection function enabled, the device can analyze the specific fields of the IP packets and distinguish the malicious DoS attack packets. Upon detecting the packets, the device will discard the illegal packets directly and limit the transmission rate of the legal packets if the over legal packets may incur a breakdown of the network. The hosts sending these packets will be added into the <em>Blocked DoS Host</em> List. The device can defend a few types of DoS attack such as ICMP_FLOOD, UDP_FLOOD and TCP_SYN_ FLOOD.</p>
<p><strong>Packets Statistics Interval: </strong>Select a value between 5 and 60 seconds from the drop-down list. The default value is 10. The value indicates the time interval of the packets statistics. The result of the statistic is used for analysis by ICMP-Flood, UDP Flood and TCP-SYN Flood.</p>
<p><strong>ICMP_FLOOD Attack Filter: </strong>Enter a value between 5 and 3600. The default value is 50. When the current ICMP-FLOOD Packets number is beyond the set value, the device will start up the blocking function immediately.</p>
<p><strong>UDP_FLOOD Attack Filter: </strong>Enter a value between 5 and 3600. The default value is 500. When the current UPD-FLOOD Packets number is beyond the set value, the device will start up the blocking function immediately.</p>
<p><strong>TCP_SYN_FLOOD Attack Filter: </strong>Enter a value between 5 and 3600. The default value is 50. When the current TCP-SYN-FLOOD Packets numbers is beyond the set value, the Device will start up the blocking function immediately.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="685" height="163" class="wp-image-3188" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-81.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 81" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 398" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-81.jpeg 685w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-81-300x71.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 685px) 100vw, 685px" /></p>
<p>Blocked DoS</p>
<p>Host List</p>
<p>Click <em>Blocked DoS Host List</em> to display the blocked DoS host table including host IP and host MAC. Click <em>Refresh</em> to renewal the table list. Click <em>Clear</em> to release all the blocked hosts. If you want to release one or some of the blocked hosts, select them and Click <em>Unlock.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark256"></a> Click <em>Save.</em></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark257"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark258"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark259"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark260"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark261"></a> Configure Access Control</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Access Control submenu is only available in AP Router Mode and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>The function can be used to control the internet activities of hosts in the local area network. For example, the online time limit and the specified web stations to visit can be controlled by the filtering policy.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark262"></a> Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>Access Control </strong>section, enable Access Control and select the Filtering Policy.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="273" class="wp-image-3189" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-82.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 82" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 399" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-82.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-82-300x90.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-82-768x230.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Access Control</td>
<td>Enable or disable Access Control.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Filtering Policy</td>
<td>Select the filtering policy according to your need.</p>
<p><strong>Allow the packets specified by any enabled access control policy to pass through the Device: </strong>The hosts listed below are allowed to access the internet under the rules. While others are forbidden to access.</p>
<p><strong>Deny the packets specified by any enabled access control policy to pass through the Device: </strong>The hosts listed below are forbidden to access the internet under the rules. While others are allowed to access.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Click <em>Add</em> and create the filtering entries.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="155" class="wp-image-3190" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-83.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 83" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 400" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-83.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-83-300x51.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-83-768x131.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable or disable the desired entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Protocol</td>
<td>Choose one of the protocols from the drop-down list used for the target, any of IP, TCP, UDP, or ICMP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Host IP</td>
<td>Enter the IP address or address range of the hosts that you need to control, for example 192.168.0.12-192.168.0.25.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Target IP</td>
<td>Enter the IP address or address range of the targets that you need to control, for example 192.168.3.12-192.168.3.25.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Target Port</td>
<td>Specify the port or port range for the target when protocol is TCP or UDP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Days of a week</td>
<td>Specify the days in which the rules take effect.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Time</td>
<td>Enter the time rule in HH:MM-HH:MM format, the default value is 00:00­24:00.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>3. Click <em>Save</em> and click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark263"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark264"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark265"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark266"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark267"></a> Configure Static Routing</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Static Routing submenu is only available in AP Router Mode and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>A static route is a pre-determined path that network information must travel to reach a specific host or network. If static route is used properly in the network, it can decrease the network overhead and improve the speed of forwarding packets.</p>
<p>Static routing is generally suitable for simple network environment, in which users clearly understand the topology of the network so as to set the routing information correctly. When the network topology is complicated and users are not so familiar with the topology structure, this function should be used with caution or under the guidance of the experienced administrator.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark268"></a> Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>Static Routing </strong>section, click <em>Add</em> and specify the following parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="217" class="wp-image-3191" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-84.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 84" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 401" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-84.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-84-300x72.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-84-768x183.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable or disable the desired entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Target Network IP</td>
<td>Enter the Target Network IP, the address of the network or host to be visited. The IP address cannot be on the same network segment with the device&#8217;s WAN or LAN port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Netmask</td>
<td>Specify the netmask for the desired entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Gateway IP</td>
<td>Enter the Gateway IP, the address of the gateway that allows for contact between the Device and the network or host</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark269"></a> Click <em>Save</em> and click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark270"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark271"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark272"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark273"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark274"></a> Configure Bandwidth Control</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Bandwidth Control submenu is only available in AP Router Mode and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>Bandwidth control function is used to control the internet bandwidth in the local area network. In the case of insufficient bandwidth resources, enable the function to make the device allocate reasonable bandwidth to the clients and achieve the purpose of efficient use of the existing bandwidth. Via IP bandwidth control function, set the upper and lower limit in the bandwidth of the computer network and guarantee a smooth sharing network.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark275"></a> Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>Bandwidth Control </strong>section, enable the Bandwidth Control function.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="257" class="wp-image-3192" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-85.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 85" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 402" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-85.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-85-300x85.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-85-768x217.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>Total Ingress Specify the upper bandwidth for receiving packets from the WAN port.</p>
<p>Bandwidth</p>
<p>The maximum value is 100,000kbps.</p>
<p>Total Egress Specify the upper bandwidth for sending packets from the WAN port.</p>
<p>Bandwidth</p>
<p>The maximum value is 100,000kbps.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="170" class="wp-image-3193" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-86.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 86" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 403" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-86.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-86-300x56.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-86-768x143.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>2. Click <em>Add</em> and specify the following parameters.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable or disable the desired entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Range</td>
<td>Enter the IP Range of the target hosts which need to be controlled of bandwidth, for example 192.168.0.12-192.168.0.25.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Port Range</td>
<td>Enter the Port Range through which the target hosts visit external server, for example 1-63258.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Protocol</td>
<td>Choose one of the protocols used for this application: TCP, UDP, or TCP/ UDP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ingress Min (kbps)</td>
<td>Specify the minimum ingress bandwidth for the desired entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ingress Max (kbps)</td>
<td>Specify the maximum ingress bandwidth for the desired entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Egress Min (kbps)</td>
<td>Specify the minimum egress bandwidth for the desired entry.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Egress Max Specify the maximum egress bandwidth for the desired entry. (kbps)</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark276"></a> Click <em>Save</em> and click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save</em>.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark277"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark278"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark279"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark280"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark281"></a> Configure IP &amp; MAC Binding</li>
</ol>
<p>We can effectively prevent ARP attack and IP embezzlement by enabling the IP&amp;MAC binding. Within the local network, the device transmits IP packets to the certain target identified by the MAC address. Therefore, the IP and MAC address should be one-to- one correspondence and their corresponding relations are maintained by the ARP table. ARP attack can use forged information to renewal the ARP table, and destroy the corresponding relations between IP and MAC addresses, which would prevent the communication between the device and the corresponding host. When the IP&amp;MAC Binding function is enabled, the IP and MAC relations in the ARP table won’t be expired and renewed automatically, which effectively prevents the ARP attack.</p>
<p>Some functions such as access control and bandwidth control, are based on the IP addresses to identify the access clients. The network administrator can allocate every client a static IP, according to which he makes the access and bandwidth rules to control the clients’ online behavior and the bandwidth they’ve used. Some illegal users may change the IP address in order to get higher internet access. Enabling IP &amp; MAC binding function can effectively prevent the IP embezzlement.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>After IP &amp; MAC binding function is enabled, the IP bound to the MAC cannot be used by other MACs. However this MAC can use other IPs within the same segment, which are not bounded by other MACs, to access the network.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>IP &amp; MAC Binding </strong>section, click <em>Add</em> and specify the IP address and MAC address.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Click <em>Import</em> to quick import the entries in ARP table to IP &amp; MAC Binding table. The imported entries are disabled by default. Select the desired entries and click <em>Edit</em> to enable it.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="236" class="wp-image-3194" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-87.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 87" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 404" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-87.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-87-300x78.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-87-768x199.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>IP</p>
<p>Enter the IP address that you want to bind with the MAC address.</p>
<p>MAC Enter the MAC address that you want to bind with the IP address.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark282"></a> Enable the desired entry and click <em>Save.</em> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark283"></a> Configure the Wireless Parameters</p>
<p>This chapter introduces how to configure the parameters of the wireless network, including:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark284"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark291"><em>Configure Basic Wireless Parameters</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark285"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark296"><em>Configure Wireless Client Parameters</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark286"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark305"><em>Configure Wireless AP Parameters</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark287"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark315"><em>Configure Multi-SSID</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark288"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark318"><em>Configure Wireless MAC Filtering</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark289"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark290"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark320"><em>Configure Advanced Wireless Parameters</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark291"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark292"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark293"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark294"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark295"></a> Configure Basic Wireless Parameters</li>
</ol>
<p>This section allows you to configure wireless basic parameters, such as 802.11 mode, Transmit Power, and data rates.</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>Wireless </strong>Page. In the <strong>Basic Wireless Settings </strong>section, configure the basic wireless settings and click <em>Apply.</em> Then click <em>Save</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="284" class="wp-image-3195" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-88.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 88" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 405" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-88.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-88-300x91.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-88-768x232.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Region</td>
<td>Specify the region where you use the device. Available channels and maximum Transmit Power will be determined by the selected region according to the local laws and regulations.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mode</td>
<td>Select the protocol standard used in the wireless network. To check what protocol standards your device supports, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Certain devices have a frequency band of 2.4GHz, supporting 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n, 802.11b/g, and 802.11b/g/n modes. We recommend that you set the mode as 802.11b/g/n, allowing all 802.11b, 802.11g and 802.11n wireless stations to access the device.</p>
<p>Certain devices have a frequency band of 5GHz, supporting 802.11a, 802.11n, and 802.11a/n modes. We recommend that you set the mode as 802.11a/n, allowing both 802.11a and 802.11n wireless stations to access the device.</p>
<p>Certain devices have a frequency band of 5GHz, supporting 802.11ac, 802.11n/ac, and 802.11a/n/ac modes. We recommend that you set the mode as 802.11a/n/ac, allowing all 802.11a, 802.11n, and 802.11ac wireless stations to access the device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Channel Width</td>
<td>Select the channel width of this device. To check what channel width your device supports, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>For certain devices, options include 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 20 MHz, 40 MHz and 20/40 MHz (the device automatically selects 40 MHz, and 20 MHz will be used if 40 MHz is not available).</p>
<p>For certain devices, options include 20 MHz, 40 MHz, 80 MHz and 20/40/80 MHz (the device automatically selects 80 MHz, and 40 MHz will be used if 80 MHz is not available, and so on).</p>
<p>According to IEEE 802.11n standard, using a wider channel can increase wireless throughput. However, you may need to choose lower bandwidth due to the following reasons:</p>
<ul>
<li>To increase the available number of channels within the limited total bandwidth.</li>
<li>To avoid interference from overlapping channels occupied by other devices in the environment.</li>
<li>Lower bandwidth can concentrate higher transmit power, increasing stability of wireless links over long distances.</li>
<li>In Client / AP Client Router / Repeater / Bridge Mode, the device should have the same channel width as the root AP.</li>
<li>In Access Point / AP Router / Repeater / Bridge Mode, select the channel width which your clients support.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Max TX Rate</td>
<td>Set the maximum transmit data rate.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel/ Frequency</td>
<td>Select appropriate channel used by this device to improve wireless performance. 1/2412 MHz refers to Channel 1 and the frequency is 2412 MHz. This setting is only available in Access Point Mode and AP Router Mode. We highly recommend that you use the <em>Spectrum Analysis</em> tool to select a proper channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Antenna</td>
<td>Select your antenna from the list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Antenna Gain</td>
<td>Antenna Gain is only available in WBS products. Enter the antenna gain value according to the antennas and the value ranges from 0 to 30dBi. It can work together with the transmit power to improve the transmit signal quality.</p>
<p>Channel/Frequency: Auto O</p>
<p>Antenna Gain: 0 (0-30)dBi</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>EIRP Limit</td>
<td>This option should remain enabled. With EIRP Limit enabled, the transmit power is restricted so that the EIRP (Effecitive Isotropic Radiated Power) of the device is kept below the amount which is allowed in the selected region.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Channel</p>
<p>Shifting</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Channel Shifting is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Enable or disable the Channel Shifting function. This function is only available when MAXtream is enabled in Access Point Mode and AP Router Mode. Channel Shifting is a TP-Link proprietary technology. With Channel Shifting enabled, the AP will use non-standard channels by adding a frequency offset to the standard 802.11 b/g/n channels.</p>
<p>Your network can then only be detected by the wireless devices with Channel Shifting enabled and so is less likely to be detected by other wireless networks, which benefits network security.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Transmit Power</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>In most scenarios, it is unnecessary to select the maximum transmit power. Selecting larger transmit power than your need may cause interference to neighborhood. Also it consumes more power and will reduce longevity of the device. Select appropriate transmit power to achieve the best performance. Use the <em>Speed Test</em> tool to find the best performance.</p>
<p>Specify the transmit power of the device. Use the slider or manually enter the transmit power value. For Outdoor Wireless Base Stations, the maximum transmit power varies according to the antenna gain value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAXtream</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>MAXtream is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</li>
<li>MAXtream Technology is only compatible with Pharos series products. Working with products from other manufacturer will cause network fault.</li>
</ul>
<p>Enable or disable the MAXtream function. This function is only available in Access Point Mode and AP Router Mode. MAXtream is a TP-Link proprietary technology. It is based on TDMA (Time Division Multiple Access) so that data streams are transmitted in their own time slots. MAXtream aims to maximize throughput and minimize latency. &#8220;Hidden nodes&#8221; problem can also be eliminated with MAXtream enabled.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>MAXtream</p>
<p>Station Mode</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>MAXtream is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>MAXtream Station Mode is available in Client Mode, Bridge Mode and AP Client Router Mode with the wireless AP settings disabled.</p>
<p><strong>Auto Adjust: </strong>The device will choose the MAXtream Station Mode automatically.</p>
<p><strong>Latency First: </strong>Set the MAXtream Station Mode as Latency First and the time sensitive stream such as VoIP will take precedence in MAXtream system.</p>
<p><strong>Throughput First: </strong>Set the MAXtream Station Mode as Throughput First and the stream that needs high throughput such as online games will take precedence in MAXtream system.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark296"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark297"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark298"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark299"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark300"></a> Configure Wireless Client Parameters</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Wireless Client Settings submenu is only available in Client, Repeater, Bridge and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>In this section, configure wireless client parameters used for the connection with the root AP.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="153" class="wp-image-3196" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-89.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 89" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 406" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-89.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-89-300x49.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-89-768x125.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Wireless </strong>Page. In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, configure the following parameters.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>SSID of AP</td>
<td>Specify the SSID of the root AP. You can enter the SSID of the specific AP manually, or directly survey all the APs around by clicking <em>Survey</em> and select one.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC of AP</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the root AP. It&#8217;s possible that two or more networks use the same SSID in the AP list. Enable <strong>Lock to AP </strong>to select SSID and AP simultaneously, which can make the device connect to the specific AP you had connected before the next time.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>WDS</td>
<td>Displays the status of the WDS (Wireless distribution System) function. WDS is a communication system among multiple wireless networks . It is established between APs through wireless connection. WDS is used to during the connection between the device and the root AP.</p>
<p><strong>Enable: </strong>Forward data frames to use four address fields.</p>
<p><strong>Disable: </strong>Forward data frames to use three address fields.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The device automatically negotiates the wireless data frame structure (three or four address fields) with the root AP. The selection of Auto is recommended.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark301"></a> Specify the security mode. Make sure the security mode and the related parameters are the same as the upstream wireless network’s.</li>
</ol>
<p>■ <strong>None</strong></p>
<p>Select this option if the root AP has no encryption. When connecting to the root AP, it’s no need to enter a password to access the wireless network.</p>
<p>■ <strong>WEP</strong></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark302"></a> WEP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark303"></a> WEP is not supported in 802.11n mode or 802.11ac mode. If WEP is applied in 802.11n, 802.11 ac or 802.11n/ac mixed mode, the clients may not be able to access the wireless network. If WEP is applied in 802.11b/g/n mode (2.4GHz) or 802.11a/n (5GHz), the device may work at a low transmission rate.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="377" height="117" class="wp-image-3197" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-90.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 90" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 407" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-90.jpeg 377w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-90-300x93.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 377px) 100vw, 377px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="215" height="192" class="wp-image-3198" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-91.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 91" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 408"> WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) is a traditional encryption method. It has been proved that WEP has security flaws and can easily be cracked, so WEP is rarely used in normal wireless network. Select this option if the security mode of the root AP is WEP.</p>
<p>Key Selected:</p>
<p>Key 1: tS)</p>
<p>Key 2:</p>
<p>Key 3:</p>
<p>Key 4:</p>
<p>Key Type</p>
<p>Disaolec</p>
<p>Disaolec</p>
<p>Disaolec</p>
<p>Disaolec</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Auth Type</td>
<td>Select the authentication type for WEP.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The device can select Open System or Shared Key automatically according to the wireless network of the root AP.</p>
<p><strong>Open System: </strong>The device can pass the authentication and associate with the root wireless network without password. However, correct password is necessary for data transmission.</p>
<p><strong>Shared Key: </strong>The device needs the correct password to pass the authentication, otherwise the device cannot associate with the root wireless network or transmit data.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Key Format</td>
<td>Select ASCII or Hex as the WEP key format.</p>
<p><strong>ASCII: </strong>With this format selected, the WEP key can be any combination of keyboard characters of the specified length.</p>
<p><strong>Hex: </strong>With this format selected, the WEP key can be any combination of hexadecimal digits (0-9, a-f, A-F) with the specified length.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Key Selected</td>
<td>Select one key to specify. You can configure four keys at most.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>WEP Key</td>
<td>Enter the WEP keys. The length and valid characters are determined by the key format and key type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Key Type</td>
<td>Select the WEP key length for encryption.</p>
<p><strong>64Bit: </strong>Enter 10 hexadecimal digits or 5 ASCII characters.</p>
<p><strong>128Bit: </strong>Enter 26 hexadecimal digits or 13 ASCII characters.</p>
<p><strong>152Bit: </strong>Enter 32 hexadecimal digits or 16 ASCII characters.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>WPA</strong></p>
<p>WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access) is a safer encryption method compared with WEP and WAP- PSK. It requires a RADIUS server to authenticate the clients via 802.1X and EAP (Extensible Authentication Protocol). WPA can generate different passwords for different clients, which ensures higher network security. But it also costs more to maintain the network, so it is more suitable for business networks.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="557" height="305" class="wp-image-3199" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-92.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 92" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 409" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-92.jpeg 557w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-92-300x164.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 557px) 100vw, 557px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Auto: </strong>The device will automatically choose the version used by the root AP.</p>
<p><strong>WPA/WPA2: </strong>They&#8217;re two versions of WPA security mode. WPA2 is an update of WPA. Compared with WPA, WPA2 introduces AES algorithm and CCMP encryption. Theoretically, WPA2 is securer than WPA.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Encryption</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>TKIP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select the Encryption type.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The default setting is Auto and the device will select TKIP or AES automatically according to the wireless network of root AP.</p>
<p><strong>TKIP: </strong>Temporal Key Integrity Protocol. TKIP is not supported in 802.11n mode, 802.11ac mode or 802.11 n/ac mixed mode. If TKIP is applied in 802.11n, 802.11 ac or 802.11n/ac mixed mode, the device may not be able to access the root wireless network. If TKIP is applied in 11b/ g/n mode (2.4GHz) or 11a/n mode(5GHz), the device may work at a low transmission rate.</p>
<p><strong>AES: </strong>Advanced Encryption Standard. It is securer than TKIP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</td>
<td>Select the type of the authentication.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Phase 2 Auth</td>
<td>Select the type of Phase 2 Auth. The device only supports MSCHAPV2 currently.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>WPA User</p>
<p>Name</td>
<td>Specify the WPA User Name used in the connection with the root AP.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Version</p>
<p>Select the version of WPA.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>WPA User</p>
<p>Password</td>
<td>Specify the WPA User Password used in the connection with the root AP.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>WPA-PSK</strong></p>
<p>WPA-PSK (Wi-Fi Protected Access-PSK) is based on a pre-shared key. It is characterized by high safety and simple settings, so it is mostly used by common households and small businesses.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="497" height="185" class="wp-image-3200" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-93.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 93" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 410" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-93.jpeg 497w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-93-300x112.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 497px) 100vw, 497px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select the version of WPA-PSK.</p>
<p>WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK: They&#8217;re two versions of WPA-PSK security mode. WPA2-PSK is an update of WPA-PSK. Compared with WPA, Theoretically, WPA2 is securer than WPA.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The device will automatically choose the version used by the root AP.</p>
<p><strong>WPA/WPA2: </strong>They&#8217;re two versions of WPA-PSK security mode normally called WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK. WPA2-PSK is an update of WPA-PSK. Compared with WPA-PSK, theoretically, WPA2-PSK is securer than WPA-PSK.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Encryption</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>TKIP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select the Encryption type.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The default setting is Auto and the device will select TKIP or AES automatically according to the wireless network of root AP.</p>
<p><strong>TKIP: </strong>Temporal Key Integrity Protocol. TKIP is not supported in 802.11n mode, 802.11ac mode or 802.11 n/ac mixed mode. If TKIP is applied in 802.11n, 802.11 ac or 802.11n/ac mixed mode, the device may not be able to access the root wireless network. If TKIP is applied in 11b/ g/n mode (2.4GHz) or 11a/n mode(5GHz), the device may work at a low transmission rate.</p>
<p><strong>AES: </strong>Advanced Encryption Standard. It is securer than TKIP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PSK Password</td>
<td>Specify the PSK password used in the connection with the root AP.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Version</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark304"></a> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark305"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark306"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark307"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark308"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark309"></a> Configure Wireless AP Parameters</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Wireless AP Settings submenu is only available in Access Point, Bridge, AP Router and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>In this section, configure wireless AP parameters used for the connection with the clients.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="296" class="wp-image-3201" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-94.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 94" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 411" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-94.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-94-300x95.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-94-768x242.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark310"></a> Go to the <strong>Wireless </strong>Page. In the <strong>Wireless AP Settings </strong>section, specify the SSID.</li>
</ol>
<p>Enable SSID Enable or disable SSID broadcast. With this function enabled, the device <sup>Broadcast</sup> will broadcast the SSID periodically.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark311"></a> Specify the security mode used for the clients to access the wireless network.</li>
</ol>
<p>■ <strong>None</strong></p>
<p>Select <strong>None </strong>when you want an open network without wireless security. In this mode, network data is not encrypted, but you can still authenticate clients by enabling the RADIUS MAC Authentication function.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>RADIUS MAC Authentication is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>RADIUS MAC Authentication 3 Enable Q</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="327" height="290" class="wp-image-3202" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-95.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 95" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 412" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-95.jpeg 327w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-95-300x266.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 327px) 100vw, 327px" /></p>
<p>Authentication Server I<sup>3</sup></p>
<p>Authent cation Server Pert</p>
<p>Authentication Server Key:</p>
<p>Accounting Server I<sup>3</sup></p>
<p>.Accounting Server Port</p>
<p>Accounting Server Key</p>
<p>Accounting Server</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>RADIUS MAC Authentication</td>
<td>Enable or disable the Radius MAC authentication. With this feature enabled, you can authenticate clients using their MAC addresses on your RADIUS authentication server.</p>
<p>Remember to log into your RADIUS authentication server and create authentication entries whose username and password are both the access-enabled clients&#8217; MAC address (for MAC address 11-22-33-AA- BB-CC, create an authentication entry whose username and password are both 112233aabbcc on the RADIUS server).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</p>
<p>Server IP</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the RADIUS authentication server.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</p>
<p>Server Port</td>
<td>Enter the UDP port of the RADIUS authentication server. The most commonly used port is the default, 1812, but this may vary depending on the RADIUS authentication server you are using.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</p>
<p>Server Key</td>
<td>Enter the shared key used between this device and the authentication server. The shared key is a case-sensitive text string used to validate communication between this device and the RADIUS authentication server.</p>
<p>Check the <strong>Show </strong>box to view the shared key characters.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Accounting</p>
<p>Server</td>
<td>Enable or disable Accounting Server. With this feature enabled, you can keep accounts on users using a RADIUS accounting server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Accounting</p>
<p>Server IP</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the RADIUS accounting server.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Accounting</p>
<p>Server Port</td>
<td>Enter the UDP port of the RADIUS accounting server. The most commonly used port is 1813, but this may vary depending on the RADIUS accounting server you are using.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Accounting</p>
<p>Server Key</td>
<td>Enter the password used between this device and the RADIUS accounting server. The shared key is a case-sensitive text string used to validate communication between this device and the RADIUS accounting server.</p>
<p>Check the <strong>Show </strong>box to view the shared key characters.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>WEP</strong></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark312"></a> WEP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark313"></a> WEP is not supported in 802.11n mode or 802.11ac mode. If WEP is applied in 802.11n, 802.11 ac or 802.11n/ac mixed mode, the clients may not be able to access the wireless network. If WEP is applied in 802.11b/g/n mode (2.4GHz) or 802.11a/n (5GHz), the device may work at a low transmission rate.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="377" height="117" class="wp-image-3203" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-96.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 96" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 413" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-96.jpeg 377w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-96-300x93.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 377px) 100vw, 377px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="215" height="192" class="wp-image-3204" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-97.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 97" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 414"> WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) is a traditional encryption method. It has been proved that WEP has security flaws and can easily be cracked, so WEP cannot provide effective protection for wireless networks. Since WPA-PSK and WPA-Enterprise are much safer than WEP, we recommend that you choose WPA-PSK or WPA-Enterprise if your clients also support them.</p>
<p>Key Selected:</p>
<p>Key 1: tS)</p>
<p>Key 2:</p>
<p>Key 3:</p>
<p>Key 4:</p>
<p>Key Type</p>
<p>Disaolec</p>
<p>Disaolec</p>
<p>Disaolec</p>
<p>Disaolea</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Auth Type</td>
<td>Select the authentication type for WEP.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The device can select Open System or Shared Key automatically based on the wireless capability and request of the clients.</p>
<p><strong>Open System: </strong>Clients can pass the authentication and associate with the wireless network without password. However, correct password is necessary for data transmission.</p>
<p><strong>Shared Key: </strong>Clients have to input the correct password to pass the authentication, otherwise the clients cannot associate with the wireless network or transmit data.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Key Format</td>
<td>Select ASCII or Hex as the WEP key format.</p>
<p><strong>ASCII: </strong>With this format selected, the WEP key can be any combination of keyboard characters of the specified length.</p>
<p><strong>Hex: </strong>With this format selected, the WEP key can be any combination of hexadecimal digits (0-9, a-f, A-F) with the specified length.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Key Selected</td>
<td>Select one key to specify. You can configure four keys at most.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>WEP Key</td>
<td>Enter the WEP keys. The length and valid characters are determined by the key format and key type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Key Type</td>
<td>Select the WEP key length for encryption.</p>
<p><strong>64Bit: </strong>Enter 10 hexadecimal digits or 5 ASCII characters.</p>
<p><strong>128Bit: </strong>Enter 26 hexadecimal digits or 13 ASCII characters.</p>
<p><strong>152Bit: </strong>Enter 32 hexadecimal digits or 16 ASCII characters.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>WPA</strong></p>
<p>WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access) is a safer encryption method compared with WEP and WAP- PSK. It requires a RADIUS server to authenticate the clients via 802.1X and EAP (Extensible Authentication Protocol). WPA can generate different passwords for different clients, which ensures higher network security. But it also costs more to maintain the network, so it is more suitable for business networks.</p>
<p><strong>1^&#8221;&#8221; Note:</strong></p>
<p>Accounting Server is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Version</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Security Mode</p>
<p>Vtersion</p>
<p>Encryption</td>
<td>WPA</td>
<td rowspan="3">D D D</td>
<td rowspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentication Server IP</td>
<td colspan="2">IJ 0 IJ 0</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authent cation Server Port:</td>
<td colspan="2">1812</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentic a: on Server Key:</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>L Show</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Group Key Update Period</td>
<td colspan="2">0</td>
<td>seconds. (0 means no update.)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Accounting Server ** =nable <strong>0</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Accounting Server IP</td>
<td colspan="2">a a a a</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>.Accounting Server Port</td>
<td colspan="2">1813</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Account ng Server Key:</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>L Show</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Select the version of WPA.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The device will automatically choose the version used by each client device.</p>
<p><strong>WPA/WPA2: </strong>They&#8217;re two versions of WPA security mode. WPA2 is an update of WPA. Compared with WPA, WPA2 introduces AES algorithm and CCMP encryption. Theoretically, WPA2 is securer than WPA.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Encryption</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>TKIP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select the Encryption type.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The default setting is Auto and the device will select TKIP or AES automatically based on the client device&#8217;s request.</p>
<p><strong>TKIP: </strong>Temporal Key Integrity Protocol. TKIP is not supported in 802.11n mode, 802.11ac mode or 802.11 n/ac mixed mode. If TKIP is applied in 802.11n, 802.11 ac or 802.11n/ac mixed mode, the device may not be able to access the root wireless network. If TKIP is applied in 11b/ g/n mode (2.4GHz) or 11a/n mode(5GHz), the device may work at a low transmission rate.</p>
<p><strong>AES: </strong>Advanced Encryption Standard. It is securer than TKIP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</p>
<p>Server IP</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the Radius Authentication Server.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</p>
<p>Server Port</td>
<td>Enter the UDP port of the RADIUS authentication server. The most commonly used port is 1812, but this may vary depending on the RADIUS authentication server you are using.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</p>
<p>Server Key</td>
<td>Enter the shared key used between this device and the authentication server. The shared key is a case-sensitive text string used to validate communication between this device and the RADIUS authentication server.</p>
<p>Check the <strong>Show </strong>box to view the shared key characters.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Group Key Update Period</td>
<td>Specify an update period of the encryption key. The update period instructs how often the device should change the encryption key. 0 means that the encryption key does not change at anytime.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Accounting</p>
<p>Server</td>
<td>Enable or disable Accounting Server. With this feature enabled, you can keep accounts on users using a RADIUS accounting server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Accounting</p>
<p>Server IP</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the RADIUS accounting server.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Accounting</p>
<p>Server Port</td>
<td>Enter the UDP port of the RADIUS accounting server. The most commonly used port is 1813, but this may vary depending on the RADIUS accounting server you are using.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Accounting</p>
<p>Server Key</td>
<td>Enter the password used between this device and the RADIUS accounting server. The shared key is a case-sensitive text string used to validate communication between this device and the RADIUS accounting server.</p>
<p>Check the <strong>Show </strong>box to view the shared key characters.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>WPA-PSK</strong></p>
<p>WPA-PSK (Wi-Fi Protected Access-PSK) is based on a pre-shared key. It is characterized by high safety and simple settings, so it is mostly used by common households and small businesses.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="738" height="213" class="wp-image-3205" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-98.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 98" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 415" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-98.jpeg 738w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-98-300x87.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 738px) 100vw, 738px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Version</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select the version of WPA-PSK.</p>
<p><strong>WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK</strong>: They&#8217;re two versions of WPA-PSK security mode. WPA2-PSK is an update of WPA-PSK. Compared with WPA, theoretically, WPA2 is securer than WPA.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The device will automatically choose the version used by the root AP.</p>
<p><strong>WPA/WPA2: </strong>They&#8217;re two versions of WPA-PSK security mode normally called WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK. WPA2-PSK is an update of WPA-PSK. Compared with WPA-PSK, theoretically, WPA2-PSK is securer than WPA-PSK.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Encryption</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>TKIP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select the Encryption type.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The default setting is Auto and the device will select TKIP or AES automatically according to the wireless network of root AP.</p>
<p><strong>TKIP: </strong>Temporal Key Integrity Protocol. TKIP is not supported in 802.11n mode, 802.11ac mode or 802.11 n/ac mixed mode. If TKIP is applied in 802.11n, 802.11 ac or 802.11n/ac mixed mode, the device may not be able to access the root wireless network. If TKIP is applied in 11b/ g/n mode (2.4GHz) or 11a/n mode(5GHz), the device may work at a low transmission rate.</p>
<p><strong>AES: </strong>Advanced Encryption Standard. It is securer than TKIP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PSK Password</td>
<td>Specify the PSK password used in the connection with the clients.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Group Key Specify an update period of the encryption key. The update period Update P<sup>eriod</sup> instructs how often the device should change the encryption key. 0</p>
<p>means that the encryption key does not change at anytime.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark314"></a> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark315"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark316"></a> Configure Multi-SSID</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Multi-SSID submenu is only available in Access Point Mode.</p>
<p>The device can build up to four virtual wireless networks for users to access. When the Multi-SSID function is enabled, the VLAN function is enabled at the same time. It can work together with switches supporting 802.1 Q VLAN and supports maximum four VLANs. The device adds different VLAN tag to the clients which connect to the corresponding wireless network. The clients in different VLANs cannot directly communicate with each other.</p>
<p>The wired client can communicate with all the wireless clients despite the VLAN settings.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Wireless </strong>page. In the <strong>Multi-SSID </strong>section, Enable Multi-SSID. Click <em>Add</em> and create a new wireless network.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="273" class="wp-image-3206" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-99.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 99" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 416" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-99.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-99-300x90.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-99-768x230.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>Specify the SSID of the wireless network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>VLAN</td>
<td>Specify the VLAN to which the new wireless network belongs. The valid value ranges from 1 to 4094.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SSID Broadcast</td>
<td>Enable or disable SSID broadcast . With this feature enabled, the device will broadcast the SSID.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>AP Isolation</td>
<td>Enable or disable AP Isolation. With this feature enabled, all the hosts cannot communicate with each other.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Select the desired SSID and specify the Security Mode.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="202" class="wp-image-3207" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-100.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 100" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 417" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-100.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-100-300x67.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-100-768x170.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>Select the desired SSID to specify the security settings.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Security Mode</td>
<td>Specify the security mode for the desired SSID. The device only supports WPA-PSK.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Version</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select the version of WPA-PSK.</p>
<p>WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK: They&#8217;re two versions of WPA-PSK security mode. WPA2-PSK is an update of WPA-PSK. Compared with WPA, Theoretically, WPA2 is securer than WPA.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The device will automatically choose the version used by the root AP.</p>
<p><strong>WPA/WPA2: </strong>They&#8217;re two versions of WPA-PSK security mode normally called WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK. WPA2-PSK is an update of WPA-PSK. Compared with WPA-PSK, theoretically, WPA2-PSK is securer than WPA-PSK.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Encryption</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>TKIP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select the Encryption type.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The default setting is Auto and the device will select TKIP or AES automatically according to the wireless network of root AP.</p>
<p><strong>TKIP: </strong>Temporal Key Integrity Protocol. TKIP is not supported in 802.11n mode, 802.11ac mode or 802.11 n/ac mixed mode. If TKIP is applied in 802.11n, 802.11 ac or 802.11n/ac mixed mode, the device may not be able to access the root wireless network. If TKIP is applied in 11b/ g/n mode (2.4GHz) or 11a/n mode(5GHz), the device may work at a low transmission rate.</p>
<p><strong>AES: </strong>Advanced Encryption Standard. It is securer than TKIP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PSK Password</td>
<td>Specify the PSK password used in the connection with the clients.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Specify an update period of the encryption key. The update period instructs how often the device should change the encryption key. 0 means that the encryption key does not change at anytime.</p>
<p>Group Key Update Period</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark317"></a> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark318"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark319"></a> Configure Wireless MAC Filtering</li>
</ol>
<p>Wireless MAC Filtering function uses MAC addresses to determine whether one host can access the wireless network or not. Thereby it can effectively control the user access in the wireless network. This function is available in all modes except the Client Mode.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="279" class="wp-image-3208" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-101.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 101" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 418" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-101.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-101-300x92.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-101-768x235.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /> 1. Go to the <strong>Wireless </strong>page. In the <strong>Wireless MAC Filtering </strong>section, enable this feature and specify the filtering rule.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Wireless MAC Filtering</td>
<td>Enable or disable the Wireless MAC Filtering function.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="155" class="wp-image-3209" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-102.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 102" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 419" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-102.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-102-300x51.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-102-768x131.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>2. Click <em>Add</em> and specify the following parameters.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Filtering Rules</td>
<td>Specify the filtering rules.</p>
<p><strong>Allow the stations specified by any enabled entries in the list to access the network: </strong>The stations listed in the table are allowed to access the wireless network under the rules. While others are forbidden to access.</p>
<p><strong>Deny the stations specified by any enabled entries in the list to access the network: </strong>The stations listed in the table are forbidden to access the wireless network under the rules. While others are allowed to access.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Enable Enable or disable the desired entry.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>Select te SSID to which the filtering rules apply. In AP Mode, if Multi-SSID is enabled, you should set different filtering rules for each SSID.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC</td>
<td>Enter the MAC address of the wireless host that you need to filter.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Comment</td>
<td>Enter the description information for the filtering rule</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>3. Click <em>Save</em> and click <em>Apply.</em> Then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark320"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark321"></a> Configure Advanced Wireless Parameters</li>
</ol>
<p>This section is used to specify the advanced wireless parameters, such as Beacon Interval, RTS threshold and DTIM Interval.</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>Wireless </strong>page. In the <strong>Advanced Wireless Settings </strong>section, specify the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em> Then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="368" class="wp-image-3210" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-103.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 103" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 420" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-103.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-103-300x118.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-103-768x301.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Distance</p>
<p>Setting</td>
<td>Specify the distance between AP and Station. If this device serves as a client, the value is the distance between this device and the root AP. If this device serves as an AP, the value is the distance between the farthest client and this AP.</p>
<p>You can manually enter the value or enable the Auto option.</p>
<p><strong>Manual: </strong>Enter the distance manually in the input box. The value is limited to 0-200km, and we recommend you set the value to 110% of the real distance.</p>
<p><strong>Auto (Only works within 0-xx km): </strong>Check the Auto option, then the system will dynamically detect the distance. This function is available only when the distance is less than xx kilometers. The value xx varies according to the channel width you set. CPE210 does not support this option.</p>
<p>The distance value will be converted to a corresponding ACK timeout value, and the ACK timeout value will influence the throughput performance to a large extent.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Long Range PtP</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Long Range PtP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Long Rage PtP is only available when MAXtream function is enabled. With this function enabled, it is allowed to specify a larger distance which can be helpful in the following situations:</p>
<ul>
<li>The AP is connected to a single client or AP.</li>
<li>The distance between the two devices exceeds the distance allowed by the AP&#8217;s hardware specifications.</li>
</ul>
<p>The distance is used to calculate the Acknowledge timeout (ACK timeout). Long Range PtP allows the AP to get a larger ACK timeout and reduce unnecessary retransmission in the situations above.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Beacon Interval</td>
<td>Specify the beacon interval for the device. Beacons are transmitted periodically by the device to announce the presence of a wireless network for the clients. Beacon Interval value determines the time interval of the beacons sent by the device. Specify a value from 40 to 1,000. The default value is 100.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RTS Threshold</td>
<td>Specify the RTS threshold for the device.</p>
<p>RTS/CTS (Request to Send/Clear to Send) is used to improve the data transmission efficiency of the network with hidden nodes, especially when there are lots of large packets to be transmitted.</p>
<p>When the size of a data packet is larger than the RTS Threshold, the RTS/ CTS mechanism will be activated. With this mechanism activated, before sending a data packet, the client will send an RTS packet to the device to request data transmitting. And then the device will send CTS packet to inform other clients to delay their data transmitting. In this way, packet collisions can be avoided.</p>
<p>For a busy network with hidden nodes, a low threshold value will help reduce interference and packet collisions. But for a not-so-busy network, a too low threshold value will cause bandwidth wasting and reduce the data throughput.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Fragmentation</p>
<p>Threshold</td>
<td>Specify the fragmentation threshold for packets.</p>
<p>The fragmentation function can limit the size of packets transmitted over the network. If the size of a packet exceeds the Fragmentation Threshold, the fragmentation function is activated and the packet will be fragmented into several packets.</p>
<p>Fragmentation helps improve network performance if properly configured. However, a too low fragmentation threshold may result in poor wireless performance caused by the extra work of dividing up and reassembling of frames and increased message traffic. The recommended and default value is 2346 bytes.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>DTIM Interval</td>
<td>Specify the DTIM (Delivery Traffic Indication Message) Interval for the device.</p>
<p>The DTIM is contained in some Beacon frames. It indicates whether the device has buffered data for client devices. The <strong>DTIM Period </strong>indicates how often the clients served by this device should check for buffered data still on the device awaiting pickup.</p>
<p>Specify the value between 1-255 Beacon Intervals. The default value is 1, indicating that clients check for buffered data at every beacon. An excessive DTIM interval may reduce the performance of multicast applications, so we recommend you keep the default value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>AP Isolation</td>
<td>Enable or disable AP Isolation. With this feature enabled, the clients can not communicate with each other directly.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>AP Isolation is not available in Client Mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Short GI</td>
<td>Enable or disable Short GI.</p>
<p>Propagation delays often occurs in data transmission process and influence the capability of the wireless network. It can result from multiple factors, such as multipath effect. GI (Guard Interval) is intended to solve the problem based on delays, and Short GI is used to improve the throughput of the wireless network based on the GI in the environment with small delays.</p>
<p>When the delays are small. When Short GI is enabled, the guard interval will be set as 400ns and this function will boost the performance about 11%. In the with serious multipath time delay. Short GI function will reduce the throughput instead of improving it.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM)</td>
<td>Enable or disable WMM. With WMM enabled, the system will prioritize traffic according to the data type when forwarding data. Time-dependent traffic, such as video or audio packets, gets a higher priority than normal traffic.</p>
<p>We recommend you enable this function when you are running the video or audio application.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>QoS</td>
<td>Enable or disable QoS. The QoS function improves the transmission performance of video or audio traffic by optimizing the scheduling policy between the AP and the clients.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Manage the Device</p>
<p>The device provides powerful functions of management and maintenance. This chapter introduces how to manage the device, including:</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark322"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark323"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark324"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark325"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark332"><em>Manage System Logs</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark326"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark334"><em>Specify the Miscellaneous Parameters</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark327"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark337"><em>Configure Ping Watch Dog</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark328"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark339"><em>Configure Dynamic DNS</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark329"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark341"><em>Configure Web Server</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark330"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark343"><em>Configure SNMP Agent</em></a></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a href="#post-3107-bookmark345"><em>67 Configure SSH Server</em></a></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark331"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark347"><em>Configure RSSI LED Thresholds</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark332"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark333"></a> Manage System Logs</li>
</ol>
<p>System logs record the events and activities while the device is running. If a failure happens on the device, System logs can help to diagnose the issue.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Management </strong>page. In the <strong>System Log </strong>section, perform the following operations.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="472" height="212" class="wp-image-3211" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-104.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 104" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 421" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-104.jpeg 472w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-104-300x135.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 472px) 100vw, 472px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="674" height="417" class="wp-image-3212" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-105.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 105" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 422" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-105.jpeg 674w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-105-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-105-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 674px) 100vw, 674px" /></p>
<p>Open System Log</p>
<p>Click the <em>Open</em> button to view the system log.</p>
<p>This page displays detailed system logs that can be sorted on columns by ascending or descending order. Columns can be chosen from Time, Type, Level, and Message.</p>
<p>Download to PC Click the <em>Download</em> button to download the system logs to your PC.</p>
<p>2. Click the <em>Setting</em> button to specify the Auto Mail Settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="911" height="556" class="wp-image-3213" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-106.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 106" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 423" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-106.jpeg 911w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-106-300x183.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-106-768x469.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 911px) 100vw, 911px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>From</td>
<td>Enter the sender&#8217;s E-mail address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>To</td>
<td>Enter the receiver&#8217;s E-mail address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SMTP Server</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the sender&#8217;s SMTP server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</td>
<td>Enable or disable the authentication function. If the sender&#8217;s mailbox is configured, check the box to enable mail server authentication. Enter the sender&#8217;s username and password.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto Mail Feature</td>
<td>Enable or disable Auto Mail Feature. With this feature enabled, specify the way for the device to send the system log.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark334"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark335"></a> Specify the Miscellaneous Parameters</li>
</ol>
<p>This section is used to specify miscellaneous parameters.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark336"></a> Go to the <strong>Management </strong>Page. In the <strong>Miscellaneous </strong>section, configure the following features and click <em>Apply.</em></li>
</ol>
<p>Miscellaneous</p>
<p><strong>Discovery: 3 Enable </strong>0</p>
<p><strong>CDP: 13 Enable <em>Q</em></strong></p>
<p>Apply</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Discovery</td>
<td>Enable or disable Discovery. With this feature enabled, TP-Link Pharos Control software can discover the device. Pharos Control is a network management software developed independently by TP-Link and it currently supports Pharos series products. It can centralize monitoring and managing network devices in the network platform</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CDP</td>
<td>Enable or disable CDP. With this function enabled, this device can share its information with the neighboring devices that support CDP (Cisco Discovery Protocol, a device discovery protocol developed by Cisco).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark337"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark338"></a> Configure Ping Watch Dog</li>
</ol>
<p>Ping Watch Dog sets the device to continuously ping a user-defined IP address (it can be the internet gateway, for example) to check the network connectivity. If there is a connection failure then the device will automatically reboot.</p>
<p>Ping Watch Dog is dedicated to continuously monitoring the connectivity to a specific host using the Ping tool. The Ping tool sends ICMP echo request packets to the target host and listens for ICMP echo response. If the defined number of replies is not received, the tool reboots the device.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Management </strong>Page. In the <strong>Ping Watch Dog </strong>section, Enable this feature and configure the following features. Click <em>Apply.</em></p>
<p><strong>Ping Watch Dog</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Ping Watch Dog: &gt;] Enable</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address To Ping:</td>
<td>0 00 0</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Fing Interval:</td>
<td>300</td>
<td>(10-300) seconds</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Startup Delay:</td>
<td>300</td>
<td>(60-300) seconds</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Fall Count To Reboot:</td>
<td>3</td>
<td>(1-65535)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Ping Watch Dog</td>
<td>Enable or disable Ping Watch Dog.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address To Ping</td>
<td>Specify the IP address of the target host to which the device will send ping packets.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ping Interval</td>
<td>Enter the time interval between two ping packets. The default value is 300 seconds.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Startup Delay</td>
<td>Enter the initial time delay from device startup to the first ICMP echo requests sent by Ping Watch Dog. The default value is 300 seconds.</p>
<p>The Startup Delay value should be at least 60 seconds taking the device‘s initialization time in account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Fail Count To Reboot</td>
<td>Enter the fail count of ICMP echo request. If the device sends the specified count of ICMP echo requests to the host and none of the corresponding ICMP echo response packets is received, Ping Watch Dog will reboot the device. The default value is 3.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark339"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark340"></a> Configure Dynamic DNS</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>The Dynamic DNS function is only available in AP Router and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>The main function of Dynamic DNS (DDNS) is mapping the fixed domain name to dynamic IP address.</p>
<p>When a device connects to the internet through PPPoE or Dynamic IP, the WAN IP address it gets is not fixed, which is inconvenient for the internet users to access the servers in the local area network through IP address. With Dynamic DNS function enabled, users can access servers using a fixed domain name.</p>
<p>The DDNS server will establish a mapping table about the dynamic IP address and the fixed domain name. When the WAN IP address of the device changes, it will make an update request to the specified DDNS server, and then the DDNS server will update the mapping relation between the IP address and the domain name. Therefore, whenever the WAN IP address changes, users on the internet can still access the servers in the local area network using a fixed, easy-to-remember domain name.</p>
<p>The DDNS function that serves as the client of DDNS service must work with DDNS server. Register an account to DDNS service provider (NO-IP, Dyndns or Comexe) first.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Management </strong>page. In the <strong>Dynamic DNS </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Login.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="649" height="328" class="wp-image-3214" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-107.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 107" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 424" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-107.jpeg 649w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-107-300x152.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 649px) 100vw, 649px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Service</p>
<p>Provider</td>
<td>Select the service provider.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Dynamic DNS</td>
<td>Enable or disable the Dynamic DNS feature.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User Name</td>
<td>Enter the user name of your DDNS account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
<td>Enter the password of your DDNS account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Domain Name</td>
<td>Specify the domain name that you registered with your DDNS service provider.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connection</p>
<p>Status</td>
<td>Displays the connection status of the DDNS service.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><em>2.</em> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark341"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark342"></a> Configure Web Server</li>
</ol>
<p>This function is used to configure the related parameters of Web server. Users can log in to the web management page to manage this device remotely over the internet through Web Server.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Management </strong>page. In the <strong>Web Server </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="649" height="456" class="wp-image-3215" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-108.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 108" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 425" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-108.jpeg 649w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-108-300x211.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 649px) 100vw, 649px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Secure</p>
<p>Connection</p>
<p>(HTTPS)</td>
<td>Enable or disable the HTTPS feature. HTTPS function is based on the SSL or TLS protocol working in transport layer. It supports a security access via a web browser.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Secure Server</p>
<p>Port</td>
<td>Specify the server port number used in HTTPS. The default value is 443.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Server Port</td>
<td>Specify the server port number used in HTTP. The default value is 80.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remote Login IP Address</td>
<td>Specify the IP address of the remote host. With this configured, the remote host can access the management interface remotely using the WAN IP of this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Session</p>
<p>Timeout</td>
<td>Specify the session timeout time. The system will automatically release the connection when the time is up.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC</p>
<p>Authentication</td>
<td>Enable or disable MAC Authentication. When it is enabled, you can specify up to four MAC address for authentication.</p>
<p>With this function enabled, only the device whose MAC address is in the MAC list can access the management interface to configure the device.</p>
<p>Click <em>Add PC&#8217;s MAC</em> to quickly add your PC&#8217;s MAC address to the MAC list.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><em>2.</em> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark343"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark344"></a> Configure SNMP Agent</li>
</ol>
<p>Get the traffic information and transmit condition by using the SNMP Agent function. Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is an application layer protocol that facilitates the exchange of management information between network devices. Main functions of SNMP include monitoring network performance, detecting and analyzing network error, configuring network devices, and so on.</p>
<p>Configure the device as SNMP Agent, and it can receive and process the management message from the NMS (Network Management System).</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Management </strong>page. In the <strong>SNMP Agent </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="649" height="377" class="wp-image-3216" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-109.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 109" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 426" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-109.jpeg 649w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-109-300x174.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 649px) 100vw, 649px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>SNMP Agent</td>
<td>Enable or disable the SNMP Agent function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SysContact</td>
<td>Enter the textual identification of the contact person for this device, for example, contact number or e-mail address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SysName</td>
<td>Enter a name for the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Syslocation</td>
<td>Enter the location of the device. For example, the name can be composed of the building, floor number, and room location.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Get Community</td>
<td>Specify the community that has read-only access to the device&#8217;s SNMP information.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Get Source</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the NMS that can serve as Get Community to read the SNMP information of this device. By default, it is 0.0.0.0, which means an NMS of any IP address is available.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Community</td>
<td>Specify the community who has the read-and-write right of the device&#8217;s SNMP information.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Source</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the NMS that can serve as Set Community to read and write the SNMP information of this device. By default, it is 0.0.0.0, which means an NMS of any IP address is available.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Defining community can allow management systems in the same community to communicate with the SNMP Agent. The community name can be seen as the shared password of the network hosts group. Thus, for the safety, we suggest modifying the default community name before enabling the SNMP Agent service. If the field of community is blank, the SNMP Agent will not respond to any community name.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark345"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark346"></a> Configure SSH Server</li>
</ol>
<p>The SSH Server function is used for the users to log in and manage the device through SSH connection on the SSH client software.</p>
<p>SSH (Secure Shell) is a security protocol established on application and transport layers. SSH- encrypted-connection is similar to a telnet connection, but essentially the old telnet remote management method is not safe, because the password and data transmitted with plain-text can be easily intercepted. SSH can provide information security and powerful authentication when you log in this device remotely through an insecure network environment. It can encrypt all the transmission data and prevent the information in remote management from being leaked.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Management </strong>page. In the <strong>SSH Server </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="650" height="172" class="wp-image-3217" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-110.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 110" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 427" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-110.jpeg 650w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-110-300x79.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 650px) 100vw, 650px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Server Port</td>
<td>Enter the TCP/IP port of the SSH Server. The default port is 22.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SSH Login</td>
<td>Enable or disable SSH function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remote</p>
<p>Management</td>
<td>Enable or disable Remote Management. With this function enabled, TP- Link Pharos Control software can manage the device remotely.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><em>2.</em> Click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark347"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark348"></a> Configure RSSI LED Thresholds</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>RSSI LED Thresholds is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Configure the LEDs on the device to light up when received signal levels reach the values defined in the following fields. This function can help a technician to easily deploy a Pharos series product without logging into the device (for example, for antenna alignment operation).</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Management </strong>page. In the <strong>RSSI LED Thresholds </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="650" height="218" class="wp-image-3218" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-111.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 111" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 428" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-111.jpeg 650w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-111-300x101.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 650px) 100vw, 650px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>LED1/LED2/</p>
<p>LED3/LED4</td>
<td>Displays the LED number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Thresholds</td>
<td>Specify the threshold for the desired LED. The specified LED will light up if the signal strength reaches the values in the field. The default values are set according to the verified optimum values. We recommend you keep it by default.</p>
<p>The default LED threshold values may vary among different product models in terms of radio features.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><em>2.</em> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark349"></a> Configure the System</p>
<p>This chapter introduces how to configure the system of the device, including:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark350"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark351"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark352"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark353"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark365"><em>Configure Device Information</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark354"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark355"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark356"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark357"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark369"><em>Configure Location Information</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark358"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark359"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark360"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark361"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark371"><em>Configure User Account</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark362"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark373"><em>Configure Time Settings</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark363"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark376"><em>Update Firmware</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark364"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark382"><em>Configure Other Settings</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark365"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark366"></a> Configure Device Information</li>
</ol>
<p>In this section, configure the device name and the system language.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark367"></a> Go to the <strong>System </strong>page. In the <strong>Device </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></li>
</ol>
<p>Device</p>
<p>Device Name: CPE21C</p>
<p>Language: English</p>
<p>Device Name Specify the device name.</p>
<p>Language Specify the system language used in the management interface.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark368"></a> Click <em>Save</em>.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark369"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark370"></a> Configure Location Information</li>
</ol>
<p>In this section, configure the location for the device.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>System </strong>page. In the <strong>Location </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="649" height="135" class="wp-image-3219" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-112.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 112" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 429" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-112.jpeg 649w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-112-300x62.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 649px) 100vw, 649px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Longitude</td>
<td>Enter the longitude of the device&#8217;s location in decimal degree. The positive number indicates the east longitude while the negative number indicates the west longitude.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latitude</td>
<td>Enter the latitude of the device&#8217;s location in decimal degree. The positive number indicates the north latitude while the negative number indicates the south latitude.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark371"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark372"></a> Configure User Account</li>
</ol>
<p>This section is used to configure user account.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>System </strong>page. In the <strong>User Account </strong>section, configure the following</p>
<p>parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="649" height="262" class="wp-image-3220" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-113.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 113" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 430" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-113.jpeg 649w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-113-300x121.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 649px) 100vw, 649px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Current User</p>
<p>Name</td>
<td>Displays the current user name.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Current</p>
<p>Password</td>
<td>Enter the current password for the user account. Check the <em>Show</em> box to display what you&#8217;ve entered.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>New User Name</td>
<td>Enter a new user name for the user account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>New Password</td>
<td>Enter a new password for the user account. Check the <em>Show</em> box to display what you&#8217;ve entered.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Confirm New Password</td>
<td>Confirm the new password.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><em>2.</em> Click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark373"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark374"></a> Configure Time Settings</li>
</ol>
<p>In this section, configure the system time and the daylight saving time.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>System </strong>page. In the <strong>Time Settings </strong>section, configure the system time.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="650" height="375" class="wp-image-3221" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-114.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 114" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 431" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-114.jpeg 650w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-114-300x173.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 650px) 100vw, 650px" /></p>
<p>■ <strong>Manually</strong></p>
<p>Configure the System time manually.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Time Zone</td>
<td>Select your local time zone.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Date</td>
<td>Click the calendar button to choose the date or enter the date in the format: YYYY/MM/DD.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Time</td>
<td>Select the time from the drop-down list or enter the time in the format HH:MM:SS.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>Automatically</strong></p>
<p>• Specify the NTP Server, then click the <em>Get GMT</em> button to get the system time from the NTP server</p>
<p>NTP Server 1 Specify the primary NTP server used to get time automatically.</p>
<p>NTP Server 2 Specify the alternate NTP server used to get time automatically.</p>
<p>• Click <em>Synchronize with PC&#8217;s Clock</em> to synchronize the system time with the PC&#8217;s time.</p>
<p>2. Click the <em>Setting</em> button to specify the daylight saving time.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="911" height="454" class="wp-image-3222" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-115.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 115" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 432" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-115.jpeg 911w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-115-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-115-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 911px) 100vw, 911px" /></p>
<p>■ <strong>Predefined Mode</strong></p>
<p>Select Predefined Mode and select the predefined daylight saving time schedule for the device.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>USA</td>
<td>The daylight saving time of USA is from Second Sunday in March, 02:00 to First Sunday in November, 02:00.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>European</td>
<td>The daylight saving time of European is from Last Sunday in March, 01:00 to Last Sunday in October, 01:00.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Australia</td>
<td>The daylight saving time of Australia is from First Sunday in October, 02:00 to First Sunday in April, 03:00.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>New Zealand</td>
<td>The daylight saving time of New Zealand is from Last Sunday in September, 02:00 to First Sunday in April, 03:00.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>Recurring Mode</strong></p>
<p>Select Recurring Mode and configure the related parameters for the device. This configuration will be used every year.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Offset</td>
<td>Specify the time to set the clock forward by.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start Time</td>
<td>Specify the start time of Daylight Saving Time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>End Time</td>
<td>Specify the end time of Daylight Saving Time.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>Date Mode</strong></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Date Mode is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select Date Mode and configure the related parameters for the device. This configuration will be used only one time.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Offset</td>
<td>Specify the time to set the clock forward by.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start Time</td>
<td>Specify the start time of Daylight Saving Time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>End Time</td>
<td>Specify the end time of Daylight Saving Time.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark375"></a> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark376"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark377"></a> Update Firmware</li>
</ol>
<p>This section is used to view the current firmware and update the firmware of the device.</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>System </strong>page. In the <strong>Firmware Update </strong>section, click <em>Browser</em> to select a firmware file then click <em>Upload.</em></p>
<p>Firmware Update</p>
<p>Firmware Version: 2.1.6 Build 20170908 Rel. 45233 (0000)</p>
<p>Upload Firmware:</p>
<p>Displays the current firmware version of the device.</p>
<p>Firmware</p>
<p>Version</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark378"></a> We recommend that you back up current system configuration before updating the firmware.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark379"></a> Select the proper software version that matches your hardware to upgrade. Visit TP- Link website to download the latest firmware.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark380"></a> To avoid damage, do not power off the device while upgrading.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark381"></a> After upgrading, the device will reboot automatically.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark382"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark383"></a> Configure Other Settings</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="145" class="wp-image-3223" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-116.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 116" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 433" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-116.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-116-300x46.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-116-768x119.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /> This section is used to back up or upload the configuration file, reset the device and reboot the device.</p>
<p>Go to the System Page. In the Configuration section, perform the following operations.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Backup Configuration</td>
<td>Click <em>Backup</em> to back up the current configuration to your PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Upload Configuration</td>
<td>Click <em>Browser</em> to select the desired configuration file in your PC. Then click <em>Upload</em> to upload the configuration file to your device. We recommend that you back up your current system configuration before uploading the new configuration.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Reset to</p>
<p>Factory</p>
<p>Defaults</td>
<td>Click <em>Reset</em> to restore the device to its factory defaults. It&#8217;s recommended to back up your current system configuration before restoring the device to its defaults.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Reboot Device</td>
<td>Click <em>Reboot</em> to reboot the device. Note that any changes that have not been saved will be lost.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark384"></a> After backup, the device will reboot automatically.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark385"></a> To avoid damage, DO NOT turn off the device while uploading.</li>
</ul>
<p>Use the System Tools</p>
<p>This chapter introduces how to configure the system tools:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark386"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark387"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark388"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark389"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark397"><em>Configure Ping</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark390"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark391"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark392"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark393"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark398"><em>Configure Traceroute</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark394"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark399"><em>Test Speed</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark395"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark401"><em>Survey</em></a></li>
</ol>
<p><a href="#post-3107-bookmark403"><em>85 Analyze Spectrum</em></a></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark396"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark406"><em>Antenna Alignment</em></a></li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark397"></a> 8.1 Configure Ping</p>
<p>Ping test function is used to test the connectivity and reachability between the device and the target host so as to locate the network malfunctions.</p>
<p>1. Click <em>Ping</em> from the drop-down list on the upper-right corner and specify the following parameters.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="911" height="506" class="wp-image-3224" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-117.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 117" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 434" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-117.jpeg 911w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-117-300x167.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-117-768x427.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 911px) 100vw, 911px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Destination IP/</p>
<p>Domain</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the destination node for Ping test. The device will send Ping packets to test the network connectivity and reachability of the host and the results will be displayed in the Ping Result.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Packet Count</td>
<td>Enter the number of packets to be sent during the testing. It can be 1 to 50 and the default is 4.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ping Timeout</td>
<td>Enter a time value to wait for a response. If the device doesn&#8217;t receive ant response during the timeout time, the connection will be considered to be failed. It can be 100-2000 milliseconds. The default value is 800 milliseconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Packet Size</td>
<td>Enter the number of data bytes to be sent. It can be 4-1472 bytes and the default is 64.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Click <em>Start.</em></p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark398"></a><em>8.2</em> Configure Traceroute</p>
<p>Tracertroute function is used to tracks the route packets taken from source on their way to a given target host. When malfunctions occur in the network, troubleshoot with traceroute utility.</p>
<p>1. Click <em>Traceroute</em> from the drop-down list on the upper-right corner and specify the following parameters.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="911" height="479" class="wp-image-3225" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-118.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 118" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 435" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-118.jpeg 911w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-118-300x158.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-118-768x404.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 911px) 100vw, 911px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Destination IP/</p>
<p>Domain</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the destination node for Traceroute test. The device will send Traceroute packets to test the network connectivity and reachability of the host and the results will be displayed in the Traceroute.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Traceroute Max TTL</td>
<td>Specify the traceroute max TTL (Time To Live) during the traceroute process. It is the maximum number of the route hops the test packets can pass through.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Click <em>Start.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark399"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark400"></a> Test Speed</li>
</ol>
<p>Speed Test tool is used for testing the throughput between two Pharos products in the same network. The test requires one of the two devices to be set as a server and the other as a client. The client launches the test request to the server and the server respond to it. The test result will display on the page of the client.</p>
<p>1. Click <em>Speed Test</em> from the drop-down list on the upper-right corner and specify the following parameters.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="911" height="399" class="wp-image-3226" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-119.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 119" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 436" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-119.jpeg 911w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-119-300x131.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-119-768x336.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 911px) 100vw, 911px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Speed Test</td>
<td>Displays the data streams that the device is transmitting (TX), receiving (RX) and both of them (Total).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Server</td>
<td>Select Server and the device will passively accept the test request from the clients in the speed test process.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Client</td>
<td>Select Client and the device will launch the test request to the server in speed test process.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Server IP</td>
<td>Specify the server IP for speed test.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Direction</td>
<td>Select the direction of the speed test including unidirectional (RX), unidirectional (TX) and bidirectional.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Testing</td>
<td>Displays the process of the test.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Click <em>Start.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark401"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark402"></a> Survey</li>
</ol>
<p>The survey tool is used to survey the wireless network around the device.</p>
<p>Click <em>Survey</em> from the drop-down list on the upper-right corner and the following page will</p>
<p>appear.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="572" class="wp-image-3227" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-120.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 120" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 437" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-120.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-120-300x183.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-120-768x468.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BSSID</td>
<td>Displays the BSSID of other APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>Displays the SSID of other APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAXtream</td>
<td>Displays the MAXtream capability of other APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>Displays the names of other APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SNR(dB)</td>
<td>Displays the Signal Noise Ratio (Unit: dB) of other APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Signal/Noise (dBm)</td>
<td>Displays the signal and noise value (Unit: dBm) of other APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>Displays the channels of other APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Security</td>
<td>Displays the security mode of APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>AP Count</td>
<td>Displays the number of other APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Refresh</td>
<td>Click <em>Refresh</em> to refresh this page.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark403"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark404"></a> Analyze Spectrum</li>
</ol>
<p>Spectrum Analysis can help you choose the proper channel/frequency. Through the spectrum analysis, learn the distribution of the radio noise and intelligently select the channel/frequency in low noise.</p>
<p>1. Click <em>Spectrum Analysis</em> from the drop-down list on the upper-right corner and click</p>
<p><em>Yes</em> on the pop-up window.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="839" height="192" class="wp-image-3228" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-121.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 121" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 438" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-121.jpeg 839w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-121-300x69.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-121-768x176.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 839px) 100vw, 839px" /></p>
<p>2. Click <em>Start.</em> Observe the curves for a period of time, and then click <em>Stop.</em> The relatively low and continuous part of the average curve indicates less radio noise. Here we take the figure below as an example.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="837" height="479" class="wp-image-3229" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-122.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 122" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 439" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-122.jpeg 837w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-122-300x172.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-122-768x440.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 837px) 100vw, 837px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="92" height="44" class="wp-image-3230" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-123.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 123" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 440"></p>
<p>Spectrum Analysis</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>The select box of Frequency Range is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface. Select the required range and then click <em>Start.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark405"></a> When choosing Channel/Frequency, try to avoid the spectrum with large radio noise.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark406"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark407"></a> Antenna Alignment</li>
</ol>
<p>Antenna alignment can help you to optimize the antenna. Click <em>Antenna Alignment</em> from the drop-down list on the upper-right corner. Adjust your antenna according to the following parameters. Point the antenna in the direction of maximum signal and minimum noise.</p>
<p>Antenna Alignment</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Signal Level: ■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■— -27 dBm</p>
<p>Horizontal/Vertical: -34/-30 dBm</p>
<p>Noise Floor: -90 dBm</p>
<p>Max Signal: * B <sup>1</sup> [-65 dBm</p>
<p>Alignment Beep: □ Q</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Signal Level</td>
<td>Displays the signal strength of the last received packet. The signal strength is the combined value of the two chains.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Horizontal/Vertical Displays the signal strength of the last received packet. The signal</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>strength of the two chains is displayed separately.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Noise Floor</td>
<td>Displays the noise strength of the wireless network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Max Signal</td>
<td>Specify the maximum value of the Signal Level indicator. Adjust the sensitivity of the Signal Level indicator by changing this value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alignment Beep</td>
<td>Enable the beep sound during the device antenna alignment. This function can help users to align the antenna easily without looking at the management interface. When received signal levels reach the defined levels, the different beep sound will be played. The lower the sound frequency, the stronger the signal strength.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/tp-link-pharos-series-installation-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/huawei-cluebase-vms-user-manual/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/huawei-cluebase-vms-user-manual/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 30 Jun 2023 20:51:20 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Add Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm Notifications]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[analytic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cluebase]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[connect camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Danale]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Chrome]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hik-Partner Pro]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Huawei]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Latest]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[live video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Local Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Management Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mozilla Firefox]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[onvif]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[tutorial]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video Management Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VMS User Manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VSPlayer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wireless Camera]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=2199</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual, by vCloud.ai is new-generation Video Management Software that works on MacBook, Windows, Linux and even ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/huawei-cluebase-vms-user-manual/#more-2199" aria-label="Read more about Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual, by vCloud.ai is new-generation Video Management Software that works on MacBook, Windows, Linux and even Web browser of literally any device. vCloud.ai Cluebase VMS is made for reliability, performance, and convenience. Flexibility and limitlessness by design allows creating advanced computer vision systems in a very short time. The vCloud.ai API allows integrating third-party hardware and software to extend your video system&#8217;s functionality even further. The advanced ergonomic interface makes all functions intuitively easy to use.</p>
<p><strong>Cluebase VMS by vCloud.ai User manual</strong></p>
<p>Purpose of the VMS</p>
<p>Cluebase VMS (video management system) is a software product that allows connecting video cameras to the server for further recording, live view and multiple additional functions.<br />
Cluebase VMS is distributed as an open-platform commercial product under End User License Agreement.</p>
<p>System description</p>
<p>Cluebase VMS consists of the following parts:<br />
2.1. Front-end (Web/Lunix/MacOs/Windows)<br />
2.2. Back-end: server-side application that runs in the background<br />
Cameras connect to Cluebase VMS via ONVIF and RTSP protocols.<br />
Users can connect to the cloud unlimited number of cameras individually and set individual recording plans on them.</p>
<p>Hardware requirements</p>
<p>Minimal server requirements: Dual-core ARM or Intel/AMD (32 or 64 bit), 2GB RAM, 2GB HDD/SSD. Desktop client requires a PC or Mac computer with Intel/AMD 32 or 64 bit, Apple Silicon or other ARM CPU with at least 2 cores of 1.5 GHz each. Supported browsers: Google Chrome v.92+, Mozilla Firefox v.90+, Safari v.14+</p>
<p>Compatibility</p>
<p>4.1. Codecs: Cluebase VMS is ready to work with any h.264 video stream though h.265 is supported with limited functionality.<br />
4.2. All IP cameras and DVR/NVR are compliant.,</p>
<h2>Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual</h2>
<p>Read More :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/1966/hik-partner-pro-portal-setup-guide/" rel="nofollow">Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/1453/icms-pro-full-user-guide/" rel="nofollow">Danale Wireless Camera Installation Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/1088/vsplayer-software-user-manual/" rel="nofollow">VSPlayer Software User Manual</a></li>
</ol>
<p>Client app installation</p>
<p>Please note that Web client application is available instantly by accessing the server’s IP address via a web-browser. However is you need to install a client application on you desktop they available for downloading at <a href="https://vcloud.ai/downloads" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://vcloud.ai/downloads</a></p>
<p>a. Installing Linux app<br />
Once you’ve downloaded file Cluebase_VMS_Linux_x_x.deb you can install it from the UI by double-clicking and following the screen instructions or you can do it from the command line:<br />
sudo apt install Cluebase_ VMS_Linux_x_x.deb</p>
<p>b. Installing Windows app<br />
Once you’ve downloaded file Cluebase_VMS_WIN_x_x.exe you can install it from the UI by double-clicking and following the screen instructions.</p>
<p>c. Installing MacOS app<br />
Once you’ve downloaded file Cluebase_VMS_MacOS_x_x.dmg you can install it from the UI by double-clicking and following the screen instructions.</p>
<p>Signing in</p>
<p>After running the application for the first time you should see the Sign in screen.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="158" class="wp-image-2200" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-1-png.png" alt="Picture 1.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 467"></p>
<p>Please enter your valid login and password and click Sign in. After installation you can use the default credentials: admin/admin.</p>
<p>License activation</p>
<p>Go to Settings-&gt;Services-&gt;VMS-&gt;vCloud.ai VMS-&gt;VMS License Request, fill the customer e-mail and name fields, specify the required licenses and click Send License Request. Your request will be delivered to vCloud.ai sales team so, in return, you should receive the License activation key file to your email.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="180" class="wp-image-2201" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-2-png.png" alt="Picture 2.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 468"></p>
<p>Once received, you can Upload the license file at the screen bottom and click Activate.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="57" class="wp-image-2202" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-3-png.png" alt="Picture 3.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 469"></p>
<p>Your license activation page should look as on the picture below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="115" class="wp-image-2203" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-4-png.png" alt="Picture 4.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 470"></p>
<p>Adding cameras</p>
<p><a href="https://youtu.be/zrzHZssZru8" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Watch How to add cameras video in Cluebase VMS Tutorials on YouTube</a></p>
<p>8.1. Camera search tool<br />
Camera search tool is created to simplify and speed up cameras discovery and connection processes.</p>
<p>Go to Settings-&gt;Cameras-&gt;Search</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="122" class="wp-image-2204" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-5-png.png" alt="Picture 5.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 471"></p>
<p>All supported cameras in the local network will be found automatically (normally within 5-10 seconds).</p>
<p>After specifying cameras’ credentials (name/login/password) you can add them one by one using the ‘+’ button on the left</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="55" class="wp-image-2205" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-6-png.png" alt="Picture 6.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 472"></p>
<p>Or you can click Add all devices to add all cameras with the specified credentials.</p>
<p>Click Refresh search to search the network again.</p>
<p>You can specify the search range manually.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="31" class="wp-image-2206" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-7-png.png" alt="Picture 7.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 473"></p>
<p>By default the system will search in the current subnet.</p>
<p>8.2. Add cameras manually</p>
<p>Go to Settings-&gt;Cameras-&gt;Add camera<br />
Name the camera, select connection type (ONVIF or RTSP) fill the IP address and port for ONVIF or the URL for the RTSP, fill Login and Password with camera’s credentials, select the time zone then click Add.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="367" class="wp-image-2207" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-8-png.png" alt="Picture 8.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 474" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-8-png.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-8-png-245x300.png 245w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></p>
<p>Your camera should then appear in All cameras/Devices section</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="152" class="wp-image-2208" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-9-png.png" alt="Picture 9.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 475"></p>
<p>8.3 Create a New Layout for the cameras</p>
<p><a href="https://youtu.be/SVz-150uOLA" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Watch Creating a New Layout video in Cluebase VMS Tutorials on YouTube</a></p>
<p>Storage settings</p>
<p>By default the VMS should identify all mounted drives from the system.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="179" class="wp-image-2209" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-10-png.png" alt="Picture 10.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 476"></p>
<p>To enable a storage volume for recording please select the storage volume and switch it on:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="64" class="wp-image-2210" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-11-png.png" alt="Picture 11.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 477"></p>
<p>Then select the cameras that are required to be recorded, set archive depth, select quality and click Save. The storage will be activated for recording immediately.</p>
<p>User access management</p>
<p>10.1. Managing roles<br />
Go to Settings-&gt;Users-&gt;Add role</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="199" class="wp-image-2211" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-12-png.png" alt="Picture 12.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 478"></p>
<p>Name the role and grant access to specific cameras and functions. Click save.<br />
Please note that all users with this role will then have access to the specified cameras and functions.<br />
10.2. Managing users<br />
Go to Settings-&gt;Users-&gt;Add new user</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="162" class="wp-image-2212" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-13-png.png" alt="Picture 13.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 479"></p>
<p>Specify the new user credentials: Username, Password and the required Role. Access granted to the selected Role is be indicated below but is not available for editing. To edit the permissions you need to edit the Role by clicking the pencil button</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="271" height="61" class="wp-image-2213" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-14-png.png" alt="Picture 14.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 480"></p>
<p>Map setup</p>
<p>To be able to locate the camera on the map you can add the coordinates or simply drag the camera across the map and then click Save.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="297" class="wp-image-2214" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-15-png.png" alt="Picture 15.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 481" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-15-png.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-15-png-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></p>
<p>Layout setup</p>
<p>Click <strong>New layout</strong> in the main menu</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="415" class="wp-image-2215" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-16-png.png" alt="Picture 16.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 482" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-16-png.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-16-png-217x300.png 217w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></p>
<p>The <strong>Layout</strong> editing page will open</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="182" class="wp-image-2216" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-17-png.png" alt="Picture 17.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 483"></p>
<p>Give your new layout a <strong>Name</strong>, choose <strong>Layout template</strong> and drag’n’drop cameras or whole groups to the layout grid on the right-hand side.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="183" class="wp-image-2217" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-18-png.png" alt="Picture 18.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 484"></p>
<p>Click Save to save your layout.</p>
<p>To edit existing layouts, click the Pencil button in the layout tab menu at the top of the screen:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="50" class="wp-image-2218" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-19-png.png" alt="Picture 19.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 485"></p>
<p>Camera groups</p>
<p>Go to Settings-&gt;Cameras-&gt;Add group and fill the group name field. Then click “Add”</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="135" class="wp-image-2219" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-20-png.png" alt="Picture 20.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 486"></p>
<p>To edit a group click the ‘pencil’ icon on the right side of the group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="300" class="wp-image-2220" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-21-png.png" alt="Picture 21.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 487" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-21-png.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-21-png-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></p>
<p>Now you can edit or delete the group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="121" class="wp-image-2221" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-22-png.png" alt="Picture 22.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 488"></p>
<p>To add a camera to a particular group go to camera settings and select the required group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="188" class="wp-image-2222" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-23-png.png" alt="Picture 23.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 489" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-23-png.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-23-png-160x100.png 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></p>
<p>Technical support</p>
<p>vCloud.ai technical support is operating 24/7, the average reply time is 3 hours. Technical support can be requested via email: <a href="mailto:support@vcloud.ai">support@vcloud.ai</a></p>
<h1>Cluebase VMS Installation Manual</h1>
<h2>Preparation</h2>
<p>Download cluebase.zip from <a href="https://vcloud.ai/downloads" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://vcloud.ai/downloads</a> and unzip the file. Please note that in some versions of Linux the unzip application is not included so you&#8217;ll need to install it separately with the following command:</p>
<p>sudo apt install unzip</p>
<p>Now unzip the Cluebase VMS installer with the following command:</p>
<p>sudo unzip cluebase.zip</p>
<p>The above command creates a directory containing the installation files.</p>
<p>Go to CluebaseVMS directory:</p>
<p>cd CluebaseVMS</p>
<p>Now you have to provide permissions to the installation script (install.sh):</p>
<p>sudo chmod +x install.sh</p>
<p>You are all set for the installation.</p>
<h2>Automatic installation</h2>
<p>Docker container framework and Docker-compose extension are required for Cluebase VMS installation and operation.</p>
<h3>Installing on Linux</h3>
<p>Please run the install.sh script to automatically install Cluebase VMS on a clean Linux OS.</p>
<p>To run the script, please go to the folder containing “install.sh” and run the following command:</p>
<p>$ sudo sh install.sh</p>
<h2>Installing the SSL version</h2>
<p>Here are the steps to install Cluebase VMS with SSL encryption:</p>
<ol>
<li>Download Cluebase VMS SSL installer . Please note that it comes as a separate install package and available at <a href="https://vcloud.ai/downloads" rel="dofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://vcloud.ai/downloads</a></li>
<li>Prepare SSL certificate and public key that are generated for the required domain name.</li>
<li>Unzip the installation package.</li>
<li>Navigate to &#8216;certs&#8217; directory in the installation package.</li>
<li>Copy the SSL certificate and public key (file should be named as follows: cert.crt &#8211; SSL certificate, cert.key &#8211; public). The existing files should be replaced or removed before</li>
<li>Provide permissions to the installation script by this command:</li>
</ol>
<p>sudo chmod +x install.sh</p>
<p>7. Run the installation script:</p>
<p>$ sudo sh install.sh</p>
<h2>Manual installation</h2>
<h3>Installing Docker on Linux</h3>
<p>Official Docker installation guide: <a href="https://docs.docker.com/engine/install/ubuntu/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://docs.docker.com/engine/install/ubuntu/</a></p>
<p>Run the following command:</p>
<p>$ sudo apt-get update &amp;&amp; apt-get install docker-ce docker-ce-cli containerd.io</p>
<h3>Installing docker-compose on Linux</h3>
<p>Run the following command:</p>
<p>$ sudo curl -L &#8220;<a href="https://github.com/docker/compose/releases/download/1.29.2/docker-compose-$(uname" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://github.com/docker/compose/releases/download/1.29.2/docker-compose-$(uname</a> -s)-$(uname -m)&#8221; -o /usr/local/bin/docker-compose</p>
<p>Grant the necessary access rights by running the following command:</p>
<p>$ sudo chmod +x /usr/local/bin/docker-compose</p>
<h3><strong>Preparation for manual VMS installation</strong></h3>
<p>You will need to edit the environment variable file, the .env file, to successfully install the VMS.</p>
<p>Please note that this file is hidden in the folder by default.</p>
<p>Open the .env file and specify the server&#8217;s IP address in the following fields:</p>
<p>APP_HOST=0.0.0.0 (the server&#8217;s public IP address) MACHINE_HOST=0.0.0.0 (local IP address of the server)</p>
<p>If the VMS should only be used in the local network, both IP addresses will be the same.</p>
<h3>Using a custom port for the VMS</h3>
<p>By default the VMS installs and runs on port 80. However you can configure a different port by amending the .env file.</p>
<p>Open the .env file and add NGINX_PORT variable and it&#8217;s value (port number) as shown on the screenshot.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="557" height="335" class="wp-image-2223" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/editing-env-file-jpg.jpeg" alt="Editing .env file .jpg" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 490" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/editing-env-file-jpg.jpeg 557w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/editing-env-file-jpg-300x180.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 557px) 100vw, 557px" /></p>
<h3>Installing and running VMS</h3>
<p>Enter the VMS folder and run the following command:</p>
<p>$ sudo docker-compose up -d</p>
<p>This command will automatically download, install and run VMS.</p>
<h3>Failover</h3>
<h5>Description</h5>
<p>Cluebase VMS supports failover (hot swap) functionality as the following options:</p>
<ol>
<li>1 to 1 &#8211; every server in the system has a failover server</li>
<li>Many to 1 &#8211; several servers can be hot-swapped by 1 failover server</li>
<li>Many to Many &#8211; several servers can be hot-swapped by several failover servers</li>
</ol>
<h5>Important</h5>
<ol>
<li>In case of using the failover functionality it’s important to make sure that network storage is being used (Object storage or NAS)</li>
<li>Failover server hardware should be able to handle the required number of cameras so the failover servers’ hardware should be precisely calculated and configured.</li>
<li>Configuration is automatically sent from main server to failover every 5 minutes</li>
<li>Please note that shutting down the main server manually is considered as maintenance and will not initiate the failover process.</li>
<li>After switching back from failover server to the main server it is required to reset failover server&#8217;s configuration or reboot.</li>
</ol>
<h5>Setup</h5>
<p>To set up a failover system you need to have at least 1 main server and 1 failover server.</p>
<p>Go to the main server user interface and open Failover settings: Settings-&gt;Failover-&gt;Add Failover Server and fill the fields with Failover server credentials. In the Logic field choose the server or servers that should be hot-swapped by the current Failover server. Then click Save.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="208" class="wp-image-2224" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/failover-settings-png.png" alt="Failover settings.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 491"></p>
<h2>Sign in</h2>
<p>Open a web browser (Google Chrome, Mozilla Firefox and Safari are recommended), enter the server&#8217;s IP address and press Enter.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="170" class="wp-image-2225" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-24-png.png" alt="Picture 24.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 492"></p>
<p>By default login and password: admin/admin.</p>
<h2>Stopping the VMS</h2>
<p>Run the following command from the VMS folder to stop the VMS server:</p>
<p>$ sudo docker-compose down</p>
<h2>Updating VMS</h2>
<p>To update the VMS version:<br />
1.stop the VMS<br />
2.Run the following command from the VMS folder:</p>
<p>$ sudo docker-compose pull</p>
<p>3.Restart VMS:</p>
<p>$ sudo docker-compose up -d</p>
<h1>Cluebase VMS Architectural and Engineering Specification</h1>
<p><strong>General Description</strong></p>
<p>1. Cluebase video management system (VMS) is an enterprise-level client/server-based smart IP video security solution that provides management of video, audio and other data across an IP network. The video management system is designed to work with various ONVIF compliant 3<sup>rd</sup> party products. Video from other sites may be viewed from single or numerous workstations simultaneously at any time.</p>
<p>2. The video management system can be deployed on a single PC for small or medium system applications or on separate interconnected PCs and servers to meet large systems requirements.</p>
<p>3. The server part of VMS compatible with Linux and Windows OS (64-bit). Though recommended OS for server part is Ubuntu 18.04, 20.04 versions.</p>
<p>4. The server part compatible with ARM, Intel and AMD CPUs.</p>
<p>5. The server part fully docker container-based.</p>
<p>6. The client part compatible with Linux, Windows and MacOS operating systems.</p>
<p>7. There is web-based client. Supported browsers are Chrome, Edge, Firefox, Safari.</p>
<p>8. Client part also has desktop Windows, Linux and MacOS applications.</p>
<p>9. The VMS support cameras compliant to ONVIF Profile S. It is possible to scan the network for ONVIF cameras.</p>
<p>10. It is possible to provide basic configuration of ONVIF cameras from within the VMS, such as general camera settings, recording profiles, audio profiles.</p>
<p>11. It is possible to access camera’s web interface from the link in the VMS.</p>
<p>12.  It is possible to use the events provided by an ONVIF camera to trigger events and alarms in the Video Management System.</p>
<p>13.  It is possible for operator to control PTZ camera using virtual joystick.</p>
<p>14.  It is possible to record ONVIF compliant cameras.</p>
<p>15.  It is possible to display ONVIF compliant cameras in live view on a monitor connected to a PC.</p>
<p>16.  It is possible to connect cameras or other video sources via RTSP stream to VMS.</p>
<p>17.  It is possible to live view and record cameras connected via RTSP.</p>
<p>18.  The VMS is designed to use a facility’s existing IT infrastructure.</p>
<p>19.  The VMS is capable to be deployed in Local Area Networks (LAN) as well as in Wide Area Networks (WAN).</p>
<p>20. The VMS allows an operator to control and view live and playback streams of cameras and receive alarms from a remote site (across WAN).</p>
<p>21.  The VMS is capable to be deployed in the cloud environment (containers, VMs).</p>
<p>22. The VMS allows to view transcoded video streams (live and playback).</p>
<p>23. Live video and archive is played via HLS (HTTP Live Streaming) protocol.</p>
<p>24. The VMS shall allow the establishment of user groups that have access rights to specific cameras, layouts, camera settings, storage settings, system settings.</p>
<p>25. The VMS supports export of the video and frame in the avi, mp4 and jpeg formats to a local or network drive.</p>
<p>26. The VMS is designed in such a way that configuration changes to any part of the system will not interrupt operational tasks.</p>
<p>27. The video management system supports enabling an encrypted communication between the server and client workstation.</p>
<p>28. The server part provides management, monitoring, and control of the entire system. The server part maintains stream management, alarm management, central configuration and user management.</p>
<p>29. The client part provides the user interface for system monitoring and operation. The client workstation maintains live monitoring, storage retrieval, and alarm handling.</p>
<p>30. The video management system supports display of alarms in a special alarm panel.</p>
<p>31.  The video management system provides the capability to allow alarms to be filtered by type of the alarm, camera and time.</p>
<p>32. The video management system allows to send an e-mail message in response to an alarm.</p>
<p>33. The video management system allows to send messages to Telegram in response to an alarm.</p>
<p>34. The video management system allows to send messages in the alarm panel, to an email address and Telegram in case of camera disconnection.</p>
<p>35. The video management system supports API that allows for fetching live video streams and archive from 3rd party applications.</p>
<p>36. The video management system provides the user of the client workstation with an option to select the video stream offered by a camera. For cameras configured to use two or more different streams for live view and for recording, operator shall be able to manually switch between the higher resolution stream and the lower resolution stream for a particular camera.</p>
<p>37. The video management system provides the user of the client workstation with an option to enable an automatic switching between a high and a low-resolution stream. The video management system automatically switches to a low-resolution stream, if the user of the client workstation opens multiple cameras on a monitor. The video management system automatically switches to a high-resolution stream, when the user maximizes a camera on the monitor.</p>
<p>38. The video management system support PTZ control with a dedicated graphical (virtual) joystick control, supporting Pan, Tilt, Zoom and Focus commands. For PTZ cameras, the cursor shall change to indicate the Pan/Tilt direction when hovering over the corresponding image pane. The Pan/Tilt speed shall increase as the cursor moves farther from the center of the virtual joystick. An additional control command near the Pan/Tilt command of the joystick shall be used for zoom-in/zoom-out control.</p>
<p>39. The video management system shall support digital zoom of any image pane. The mouse wheel shall control digital zoom when the mouse cursor is hovering over a selected image pane.</p>
<p>40.  The video management system provides an instant playback function. Instant playback supports pause, play forward, play reverse, single step forward, single step reverse, fast-forward.</p>
<p>41.  The video management system shall support a timeline that provides a graphical overview of video stored on the disk for particular camera. The timeline shall display a timescale that can be adjusted.</p>
<p><strong>Video analytics</strong></p>
<p>42. The video management system provides an integration with a server-based analytics platform.</p>
<p>43. The video analytic processing able to scale seamlessly by adding servers.</p>
<p>44. The system should allow the use of a pool of video analytic algorithm on any camera. It should be easy to change an algorithm from a camera to another.</p>
<p>45. The video analytic processing should be able to run on top of a server or to be virtualized using virtualization technologies.</p>
<p>46.The system can offer the following video analytic:</p>
<p>&#8211;   Object Detection &#8211; identifies people, cars, busses, trucks, motorcycles and animals in a defined area/zone.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Face recognition – an algorithm for human identification and verification, based on the facial recognition as well as the age and gender estimation. The algorithm creates a database of all faces captured by video cameras and lets you search the database for similar faces.</p>
<p>&#8211;   License plate recognition &#8211; an algorithm for license plate recognition. Video streams can be processed to search for and recognize license plate numbers in the frame. These license plate numbers are saved to a database and associated with the relevant recorded video. The database is searchable. License plate numbers can be compared to lists in real time, with actions performed (or not performed) depending on whether or not a license plate is found in the list. Aside from license plates, system can recognize the make, model, and color of vehicle, as well as the country and direction of movement of the car.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Traffic Analytics &#8211; intended for the calculation of intensity and determination of traffic structure classify the types of vehicles (car, bus, truck, bicycle, motorbike). It also counts people and provides statistical report with graphs and pies by hours, days, weeks, months.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Crowd Detection &#8211; estimates the number of people within a given area in real time and triggers an alarm when a specified number of people (capacity) or a specified percentage of people (occupancy) is reached.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Hard Hat Detection &#8211; detects people not wearing helmets, records video and sends alarms.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Heat Map &#8211; color visual representation of data analysis of customer activity presented by color visual representation of data (warm and cold zones).</p>
<p>&#8211;   Age &amp; Gender Detection &#8211; determines the gender of customers and their approximate age by detecting and analyzing the faces of visitors.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Motion Detection &#8211; captures any movement in the scene. The following rules can be applied: line crossing, loitering, intrusion, abandoned object, disappearance of an object.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Smoke &amp; Fire Detection &#8211; recognizes smoke and fire in the image.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Smart Tracking System &#8211; search people by attributes (color of clothes, bag, hair, hat, gender, and age).</p>
<p>&#8211;   Body Movement Detection &#8211; identifies a person in different positions: sitting, standing, walking, lying, getting up.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Wagon Identification &#8211; detection and recognition of wagon UIC numbers.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Smart Parking &#8211; management of parking lot, detection of license plates of entering vehicles, recognition of model, direction of movement, and payment status of the car.</p>
<p>47.It is possible to setup several “lists” in the database of the analytics platform. A list contains License plates or faces and related data.</p>
<p>48. The analytics platform detects license plates or faces in the live stream provided by the cameras and shall match them against the license plates and faces stored in data-base of the analytics platform</p>
<p>49. When there is a match, an event should be sent by the system to the video management system. Additional data such as the camera and the time of detection should be included in the event provided to the video management system.</p>
<p>50. When the event provided by the analytics platform triggers an alarm in the video management system, the following content shall appear in the alarm panel of the VMS:</p>
<p>&#8211;   A cropped extract of the original image.</p>
<p>&#8211;   The corresponding face or license plate taken from the database of the analytics platform to allow the operator to compare the captured image with the reference image from data-base</p>
<p>&#8211;   Additional data related to the face or license plate stored in the data-base of the analytics platform (e.g. name of person etc.)</p>
<p>51.  All events and meta-data are displayed in the archive on a timeline of corresponding camera of the video management system as an icon. If pointing the mouse arrow at this icon, a frame with the image of an object that triggered an alarm should appear.</p>
<p>52. System should support own AI-based embedded human and vehicle motion detection algorithm.</p>
<p><strong>User interface elements</strong></p>
<p>53. Video frame elements:</p>
<p>&#8211;   Should be able to switch from live video mode to archive mode. If video camera is being recorded switch button should appear as an activate. If not being recorded it should be in inactive status without possibility to click on it.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Should have button allowing instantly jump back to archive for a predefined number of seconds.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Should be a possibility to pause live video upon request and restart it by clicking on play button.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Should have date and time indicator, that allows to access archive at specified date and time.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Should have object counter element indicating number of detected objects of specific type.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Should have sound volume bar allowing to control sound from the camera with built-in microphone.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Should contain video analytics icon allowing to activate embedded AI-based motion detection analytics.</p>
<p>&#8211;   While clicking on video analytics “ai” icon, settings should be activated allowing to pre-configure embedded AI-based human and vehicle motion detection analytics.</p>
<p>&#8211;   In the pre-configurable settings, it should be possible to set the following parameters: enable video analytics button, sensitivity option in percentage, view zone button, send to alarm panel button, detections frequency in seconds, delay between detection in seconds, object type selection option.</p>
<p>&#8211;   If embedded human and vehicle motion detection analytics enabled the “ai” icon should turn green. When disabled it should be of a white color.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Stream management icon allowing to choose from lower and higher resolution video stream as well as allowing the system to perform automatic stream selection.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Google maps activation icon. If activated it partially overlays on the live video frame with the option to fully overlay on it indicating camera positioning on the map.</p>
<p>&#8211;   It should be possible to reload the video stream by clicking on a dedicated icon.</p>
<p>&#8211;   In the archive mode it should be possible to increase the video playback speed x2, x4, x8.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Video or frame can be exported by clicking on dedicated icons. Video can be exported in mp4 or avi formats. Frame can be exported in jpeg format.</p>
<p>&#8211;   It should be possible to expand and narrow down the archive timeline by scrolling the mouse wheel while pointing on a timeline or by clicking on the plus and minus buttons.</p>
<p>54. Upper menu panel:</p>
<p>&#8211;   All created layouts should appear in the menu panel. Each of them should have unique name.</p>
<p>&#8211;   All layouts displayed in the menu panel should be editable right from the panel.</p>
<p>&#8211;   It should be possible to move layouts by holding the mouse cursor and dragging them left and right.</p>
<p>&#8211;   I should be possible to hide upper menu panel by clicking on dedicated icon in a such way that it appears whenever user point mouse cursor back at the same area.</p>
<p>&#8211;   There should be an icon on menu panel that allows to work in tutorial mode. Once activated is should be possible to point by mouse cursor at any user interface element and receive short explanation what is this element created for.</p>
<p>&#8211;   There should be possibility to access expandable main menu from upper menu panel.</p>
<p>&#8211;   There should be an alarm indicator that changes the color and creates sound whenever alarm is triggered.</p>
<p>55. Alarm panel:</p>
<p>&#8211;   There should be a possibility to expand alarm panel by clicking on dedicated icon in the upper panel menu.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Alarm panel should have an option to filter events by: type of event, cameras and time of the event.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Each video analytics event should contain the following minimum information: frame (picture of the object), type of the analytics, camera, object type, and time and date of triggering.</p>
<p>&#8211;   If alarm is triggered by face recognition or license plate recognition analytics event may also contain the name of the person from the list.</p>
<p>&#8211;   There should be “apply” button to filter events and “reset” button to return to default status.</p>
<p>&#8211;   The latest triggered event should appear in the top of the list.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Alarm panel should have chat field so different users of the system could communicate through this chat.</p>
<p>56. Layout settings:</p>
<p>&#8211;   Layout configuration should be accessible from either by editing existing layouts or by accessing expandable main menu.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Layout settings should consist of: layout name field, layout templates, camera list, groups of cameras and save and cancel buttons.</p>
<p>&#8211;   System should have the following layout templates: 1 camera, 4 cameras, 9 cameras, 16 cameras, 25 cameras, 36 cameras, all cameras.</p>
<p>&#8211;   System should allow to add camera by drag and drop method to one of the chosen layouts using mouse cursor.</p>
<p>&#8211;   System should allow to drag and drop individual camera or the whole group.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Once layout created it should be possible to change position of live streaming cameras by drag and drop method without accessing layout settings.</p>
<p><strong>Camera settings</strong></p>
<p>57. Camera settings should consist of the following elements: name of the server, camera groups, individual cameras, manual camera adding option, adding group of cameras option, option to bind two or more servers,  automatic camera search option.</p>
<p>58. Individual camera setting should consist of the following elements:</p>
<p>&#8211;   Unique camera number field.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Device name field.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Camera ID.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Camera group field.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Recording schedule field.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Camera type field.</p>
<p>&#8211;   If camera being added through RTSP then RTSP URL field followed by login and password fields.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Receive event check box for events from integrated cameras.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Generate RTSP checkbox to create RTSP link.</p>
<p>&#8211;   PTZ checkbox for cameras added through ONVIF or native protocols.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Option to reset settings.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Frame showing camera live stream.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Option to set camera location on the google map.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Coordinates filed allowing to set camera on the google map by entering precise coordinates of the location.</p>
<p>59. Manual camera adding option should consist of the following fields: device name, camera type, IP and port fields if camera being added through ONVIF, RTSP URL if camera being added through RTSP, login and password fields.</p>
<p>60.Adding group of cameras setting should consist of add group field and add button.</p>
<p>61.  Bind server setting should consist of the following fields: server name, domain or IP address of the server, port, login and password.</p>
<p>62. It should be possible to bind 2 or more servers in the local network or with public IP.</p>
<p>63. It should be possible to bind 2 or more remotely distributed servers each of which is in their own local network using cloud link feature. It should be possible to manage local storage, access camera’s archive, create layouts and receive alarms from all of those binded local servers by 1 or more remote operators.</p>
<p>64.Automatic camera search setting should consist of the following fields: range of IP addresses field, list of discovered cameras including IP address of the camera, camera name field, login, password and ping information in milliseconds, add all devices and refresh the search buttons.</p>
<p><strong>Storage settings</strong></p>
<p>65. Storage setting should consist of the following elements: server name and hard drive discs.</p>
<p>66. Hard drive disk should have the following settings and fields:</p>
<p>&#8211;   On and off buttons that activate storage.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Individual camera storage settings section.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Checkbox allowing to select individual camera.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Camera unique umber.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Camera name.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Archive depths in days field.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Recording quality drop down field.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Recording logics drop down field allowing to select the following options: full time recording, scheduled recording or recording by triggered alarm.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Storage bulk configuration section.</p>
<p>&#8211;   General storage limit for the selected hard drive in Gb.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Pre-recording and post-recording fields in seconds.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Storage capacity bar indicating used space and free space on a hard drive.</p>
<p><strong>Analytics settings</strong></p>
<p>67. Analytics settings should consist of the following elements: server settings, notifications, alarms via emails.</p>
<p>68.Server settings should consist of the following fields:</p>
<p>&#8211;   Video analytics server URL or IP address.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Video analytics server authorization API token.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Option to store metadata in days.</p>
<p>69. Notifications settings should consist of the following fields:</p>
<p>&#8211;   Send email upon event occurrence with ability to enable and disable this option with the dedicated buttons.</p>
<p>&#8211;    Send event to Telegram messenger upon event occurrence including fields for Telegram bot API token and Telegram chat ID with ability to enable and disable this option with the dedicated buttons.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Send notification when camera connection is lost with checkboxes that allow to select where to send. There should be 3 options available: email, Telegram and alarm panel.</p>
<p>70.Alarm via email settings should be available for events from integrated cameras’ edge analytics and should consist of the following fields:</p>
<p>&#8211;   Buttons to enable or disable receiving alarms form the camera.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Fields to enter: email address, password, IMAP host and IMAP port.</p>
<p><strong>License settings</strong></p>
<p>71.  License settings should consist of two statuses: before the license has been activated and after activation status.</p>
<p>72. License activation status should consist of the following fields:</p>
<p>&#8211;   Customer email.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Customer name.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Number of required camera licenses.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Type of license allowing to choose temporary or permanent license.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Send license request button.</p>
<p>&#8211;    Buttons allowing to upload activation file and activate licenses.</p>
<p>73. After licenses were activated license setting should contain the following information:</p>
<p>&#8211;   License type: permanent or temporary.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Customer email address.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Customer name.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Number of activated licenses.</p>
<p>&#8211;   License status.</p>
<p><strong>Users settings</strong></p>
<p>74.Users settings menu should consist of created users and roles assigned to the users, option to add new user and option to add new role.</p>
<p>75. By default, there should be admin role and admin user created.</p>
<p>76. For admin user fields to change user name and user role should be disabled. User name should always remain as admin and user role should always remain as Admin.</p>
<p>77. Add new user setting should consist of the following elements:</p>
<p>&#8211;   Username filed.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Password field.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Dropdown menu to select a role.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Checkboxes showing cameras that are allowed to be controlled by the user.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Checkboxes showing current permissions set for the user: camera settings, storage settings, system settings, user settings, layout settings, analytics settings, camera archive access, exporting and alarm notifications.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Buttons that are enabled or disabled depending on set permissions for the user: archive status, access to microphones, access to reports.</p>
<p>78. Add new role setting should consist of the following elements:</p>
<p>&#8211;   Role name filed.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Checkboxes allowing to select cameras to be controlled by the user by this specific role.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Checkboxes setting the following permissions for this specific role: camera settings, storage settings, system settings, user settings, layout settings, analytics settings, camera archive access, exporting and alarm notifications.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Buttons that should enabled or disabled the following permissions for the user: archive status, access to microphones, access to reports.</p>
<p><strong>General settings</strong></p>
<p>79. General settings menu should consist of the following settings: video stream, user interface, recording schedules, system information, cloud link, demo mode.</p>
<p>80. Video stream settings should have possibility to set live stream and archive chunk size in seconds.</p>
<p>81.  There should be a possibility to enable and disable pulling both camera streams (lower and higher resolution) at the same time.</p>
<p>82. User interface settings should allow to enable and disable automatic page reload after predefined number of seconds.</p>
<p>83. Recording schedules setting should allow to set day of the week and time to schedule the recording of video in the archive. Possibility to create schedule should be easy and intuitive by double clicking on the schedule indicator and dragging the bar from side to side by holding mouse cursor. It also should include list of created scheduled in the drop-down menu.</p>
<p>84. System information setting should include the following parameters: CPU load, RAM load, UI version and server version.</p>
<p>85. Cloud link setting should allow to create tunnel between the server of the user and client machine of the user that connects to the server. By enabling cloud link system should generate URL that should allow the user without any additional VPN or public IP on a server side to connect to the server using his access credentials from any location. Server and client should have internet access.</p>
<p>86.Demo mode setting should allow to enable four video clips that can be used as virtual cameras.</p>
<p><strong>Localization settings</strong></p>
<p>87. Localization setting should contain list of languages with checkboxes. Once user chooses preferred language user interface language should instantly change to the chosen language.</p>
<p>VMS User Manual</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/huawei-cluebase-vms-user-manual/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How do I use Internet Explorer mode in Microsoft Edge</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/how-do-i-use-internet-explorer-mode-in-microsoft-edge/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/how-do-i-use-internet-explorer-mode-in-microsoft-edge/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 01 Jun 2023 18:52:06 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[FAQ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CCTV]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ConfigTool]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Dahua]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Dahua Toolbox]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Chrome]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hikvision]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hikvision Device]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Internet Explorer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Edge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mozilla Firefox]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Swann Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 10]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=377</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[How do I use Internet Explorer mode in Microsoft Edge to connect to my CCTV equipment on Windows 10 &#38; ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="How do I use Internet Explorer mode in Microsoft Edge" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-do-i-use-internet-explorer-mode-in-microsoft-edge/#more-377" aria-label="Read more about How do I use Internet Explorer mode in Microsoft Edge">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2 class="p-title-value">How do I use Internet Explorer mode in Microsoft Edge to connect to my CCTV equipment on Windows 10 &amp; 11?</h2>
<p>There are some IP camera and NVR models that do not work well when you try to connect to them in modern web browsers (Internet Explorer Microsoft Edge, Google Chrome, Mozilla Firefox, etc.), as they use firmware designed for use on the Internet Explorer engine.</p>
<p>Now that IE11 is being retired from Windows completely, the only way to access these devices will be to use a modern browser that can open webpages as if they were IE. If you’re using a Windows 10 or 11 PC, then the easiest option here is to use Microsoft Edge.</p>
<p>The following steps will show you how to enable IE mode in Edge and use this to load any necessary web pages:</p>
<blockquote><p>Read Next :</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/373/dahua-configtool-installation-instructions/">Dahua Configtool Installation Instructions</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/365/swann-security-vms-download-guide/">Swann Security VMS Download Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/342/dw-spectrum-quick-user-guide/">How to Setup Dahua Toolbox</a></li>
</ul>
</blockquote>
<hr />
<h3>Step 1:​</h3>
<div>Open Microsoft Edge, and make sure that it is up to date (version 89 or later is required to use this feature).​</div>
<div>​</div>
<div>To check this, click on the <b>Settings and more (Alt+F)</b> <b>[&#8230;] </b>button, which is the three dots in the top-right hand corner of the browser, and then go to:​</div>
<div>​</div>
<div><b>Settings → About Microsoft Edge.</b>​</div>
<div>​</div>
<div>
<div class="bbImageWrapper js-lbImage" style="box-sizing: border-box; display: inline-block; max-width: 100%; cursor: pointer;" title="1654601115153.jpeg" data-src="https://forum.use-ip.co.uk/forum/attachments/1654601115153-jpeg.7677/" data-lb-sidebar-href="" data-lb-caption-extra-html="" data-single-image="1" data-fancybox="lb-post-35973" data-caption="&lt;h4&gt;1654601115153.jpeg&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https:&amp;#x2F;&amp;#x2F;www.use-ip.co.uk&amp;#x2F;forum&amp;#x2F;threads&amp;#x2F;how-do-i-use-internet-explorer-mode-in-microsoft-edge-to-connect-to-my-cctv-equipment-on-windows-10-11.8672&amp;#x2F;#post-35973&quot; class=&quot;js-lightboxCloser&quot;&gt;Kyle · Jun 7, 2022 at 12:33 PM&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="bbImage" title="1654601115153.jpeg" src="https://forum.use-ip.co.uk/forum/attachments/1654601115153-jpeg.7677/" alt="1654601115153.jpeg" width="341" height="792" data-url="" data-zoom-target="1" /></div>
<div class="bbImageWrapper js-lbImage" style="box-sizing: border-box; display: inline-block; max-width: 100%; cursor: pointer;" title="1654601132820.jpeg" data-src="https://forum.use-ip.co.uk/forum/attachments/1654601132820-jpeg.7678/" data-lb-sidebar-href="" data-lb-caption-extra-html="" data-single-image="1" data-fancybox="lb-post-35973" data-caption="&lt;h4&gt;1654601132820.jpeg&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https:&amp;#x2F;&amp;#x2F;www.use-ip.co.uk&amp;#x2F;forum&amp;#x2F;threads&amp;#x2F;how-do-i-use-internet-explorer-mode-in-microsoft-edge-to-connect-to-my-cctv-equipment-on-windows-10-11.8672&amp;#x2F;#post-35973&quot; class=&quot;js-lightboxCloser&quot;&gt;Kyle · Jun 7, 2022 at 12:33 PM&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="bbImage" title="1654601132820.jpeg" src="https://forum.use-ip.co.uk/forum/attachments/1654601132820-jpeg.7678/" alt="1654601132820.jpeg" width="1891" height="1284" data-url="" data-zoom-target="1" /></div>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h3>Step 2:​</h3>
<div>Now, open the default browser settings by navigating to:​</div>
<div>​</div>
<div><b>Settings and more (Alt+F) [&#8230;] → Settings → Default browser</b>​</div>
<div>​</div>
<div>Under the <b>Internet Explorer compatibility </b>header, set the <b>Allow sites to be reloaded in Internet Explorer mode </b>dropdown to <b>Allow</b>.​</div>
<div>​</div>
<div>
<div class="bbImageWrapper js-lbImage" style="box-sizing: border-box; display: inline-block; max-width: 100%; cursor: pointer;" title="1654602439983.jpeg" data-src="https://forum.use-ip.co.uk/forum/attachments/1654602439983-jpeg.7686/" data-lb-sidebar-href="" data-lb-caption-extra-html="" data-single-image="1" data-fancybox="lb-post-35973" data-caption="&lt;h4&gt;1654602439983.jpeg&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https:&amp;#x2F;&amp;#x2F;www.use-ip.co.uk&amp;#x2F;forum&amp;#x2F;threads&amp;#x2F;how-do-i-use-internet-explorer-mode-in-microsoft-edge-to-connect-to-my-cctv-equipment-on-windows-10-11.8672&amp;#x2F;#post-35973&quot; class=&quot;js-lightboxCloser&quot;&gt;Kyle · Jun 7, 2022 at 12:33 PM&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="bbImage" title="1654602439983.jpeg" src="https://forum.use-ip.co.uk/forum/attachments/1654602439983-jpeg.7686/" alt="1654602439983.jpeg" width="1646" height="779" data-url="" data-zoom-target="1" /></div>
<div class="bbImageWrapper js-lbImage" title="1654601276403-jpeg.7679" data-src="https://forum.use-ip.co.uk/forum/attachments/1654601276403-jpeg.7679/?hash=e8f5a237d420c671f531405b0e5eacff" data-lb-sidebar-href="" data-lb-caption-extra-html="" data-single-image="1"><img decoding="async" class="bbImage" title="How do I use Internet Explorer mode in Microsoft Edge 494" src="https://forum.use-ip.co.uk/forum/attachments/1654601276403-jpeg.7679/?hash=e8f5a237d420c671f531405b0e5eacff" alt="1654601276403-jpeg.7679" width="" height="" data-url="https://forum.use-ip.co.uk/forum/attachments/1654601276403-jpeg.7679/?hash=e8f5a237d420c671f531405b0e5eacff" data-zoom-target="1"></div>
</div>
<h3>Step 3:​</h3>
<div>Click on the blue <b>Restart</b> button for the setting change to take effect.​</div>
<div>​</div>
<div>
<div class="bbImageWrapper js-lbImage" style="box-sizing: border-box; display: inline-block; max-width: 100%; cursor: pointer;" title="1654601305439.jpeg" data-src="https://forum.use-ip.co.uk/forum/attachments/1654601305439-jpeg.7680/" data-lb-sidebar-href="" data-lb-caption-extra-html="" data-single-image="1" data-fancybox="lb-post-35973" data-caption="&lt;h4&gt;1654601305439.jpeg&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https:&amp;#x2F;&amp;#x2F;www.use-ip.co.uk&amp;#x2F;forum&amp;#x2F;threads&amp;#x2F;how-do-i-use-internet-explorer-mode-in-microsoft-edge-to-connect-to-my-cctv-equipment-on-windows-10-11.8672&amp;#x2F;#post-35973&quot; class=&quot;js-lightboxCloser&quot;&gt;Kyle · Jun 7, 2022 at 12:33 PM&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="bbImage" title="1654601305439.jpeg" src="https://forum.use-ip.co.uk/forum/attachments/1654601305439-jpeg.7680/" alt="1654601305439.jpeg" width="1264" height="366" data-url="" data-zoom-target="1" /></div>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h3>Step 4:​</h3>
<div>Once Edge has restarted, browse to the URL / IP address that you need as normal.​</div>
<div>​</div>
<div>Then, right-click on the tab for that page, and click <b>Reload tab in Internet Explorer mode</b>.​</div>
<div>​</div>
<div>
<div class="bbImageWrapper js-lbImage" style="box-sizing: border-box; display: inline-block; max-width: 100%; cursor: pointer;" title="1654601340759.jpeg" data-src="https://forum.use-ip.co.uk/forum/attachments/1654601340759-jpeg.7681/" data-lb-sidebar-href="" data-lb-caption-extra-html="" data-single-image="1" data-fancybox="lb-post-35973" data-caption="&lt;h4&gt;1654601340759.jpeg&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https:&amp;#x2F;&amp;#x2F;www.use-ip.co.uk&amp;#x2F;forum&amp;#x2F;threads&amp;#x2F;how-do-i-use-internet-explorer-mode-in-microsoft-edge-to-connect-to-my-cctv-equipment-on-windows-10-11.8672&amp;#x2F;#post-35973&quot; class=&quot;js-lightboxCloser&quot;&gt;Kyle · Jun 7, 2022 at 12:33 PM&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="bbImage" title="1654601340759.jpeg" src="https://forum.use-ip.co.uk/forum/attachments/1654601340759-jpeg.7681/" alt="1654601340759.jpeg" width="470" height="557" data-url="" data-zoom-target="1" /></div>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h3>Step 5:​</h3>
<div>On this popup, just click <b>Done</b>.​</div>
<div>​</div>
<div><i>NB – Turning on </i><b>Open this page in Internet Explorer mode next time</b><i> will save you needing to repeat step 4 the next time you browse to this page.</i>​</div>
<div>​</div>
<div>
<div class="bbImageWrapper js-lbImage" style="box-sizing: border-box; display: inline-block; max-width: 100%; cursor: pointer;" title="1654601383231.jpeg" data-src="https://forum.use-ip.co.uk/forum/attachments/1654601383231-jpeg.7682/" data-lb-sidebar-href="" data-lb-caption-extra-html="" data-single-image="1" data-fancybox="lb-post-35973" data-caption="&lt;h4&gt;1654601383231.jpeg&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https:&amp;#x2F;&amp;#x2F;www.use-ip.co.uk&amp;#x2F;forum&amp;#x2F;threads&amp;#x2F;how-do-i-use-internet-explorer-mode-in-microsoft-edge-to-connect-to-my-cctv-equipment-on-windows-10-11.8672&amp;#x2F;#post-35973&quot; class=&quot;js-lightboxCloser&quot;&gt;Kyle · Jun 7, 2022 at 12:33 PM&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="bbImage" title="1654601383231.jpeg" src="https://forum.use-ip.co.uk/forum/attachments/1654601383231-jpeg.7682/" alt="1654601383231.jpeg" width="378" height="419" data-url="" data-zoom-target="1" /></div>
</div>
<div>​</div>
<div>You will see the Internet Explorer icon on the left side of the address bar to show that you are now viewing the page in IE mode.​</div>
<div>​</div>
<div>
<div class="bbImageWrapper js-lbImage" style="box-sizing: border-box; display: inline-block; max-width: 100%; cursor: pointer;" title="1654601396954.jpeg" data-src="https://forum.use-ip.co.uk/forum/attachments/1654601396954-jpeg.7683/" data-lb-sidebar-href="" data-lb-caption-extra-html="" data-single-image="1" data-fancybox="lb-post-35973" data-caption="&lt;h4&gt;1654601396954.jpeg&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https:&amp;#x2F;&amp;#x2F;www.use-ip.co.uk&amp;#x2F;forum&amp;#x2F;threads&amp;#x2F;how-do-i-use-internet-explorer-mode-in-microsoft-edge-to-connect-to-my-cctv-equipment-on-windows-10-11.8672&amp;#x2F;#post-35973&quot; class=&quot;js-lightboxCloser&quot;&gt;Kyle · Jun 7, 2022 at 12:33 PM&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="bbImage" title="1654601396954.jpeg" src="https://forum.use-ip.co.uk/forum/attachments/1654601396954-jpeg.7683/" alt="1654601396954.jpeg" width="2437" height="694" data-url="" data-zoom-target="1" /></div>
<p>​</p>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<hr />
<h3>Did you know that&#8230;​</h3>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div>You can quickly add the URLs / IP addresses of other cameras that require IE to a list that opens in IE mode automatically.​</div>
<div>​</div>
<div>To do so, just go back to:​</div>
<div>​</div>
<div><b>Settings and more (Alt + F) → Settings → Default Browser </b>​</div>
<div>​</div>
<div>And click the <b>Add</b> button beside <b>Internet Explorer mode pages</b>.​</div>
<div>​</div>
<div>This will bring up a popup in which you can enter each URL – click <b>Add </b>again to add it to the list.​</div>
<div>​</div>
<div>
<div class="bbImageWrapper js-lbImage" style="box-sizing: border-box; display: inline-block; max-width: 100%; cursor: pointer;" title="1654601628499.jpeg" data-src="https://forum.use-ip.co.uk/forum/attachments/1654601628499-jpeg.7685/" data-lb-sidebar-href="" data-lb-caption-extra-html="" data-single-image="1" data-fancybox="lb-post-35973" data-caption="&lt;h4&gt;1654601628499.jpeg&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https:&amp;#x2F;&amp;#x2F;www.use-ip.co.uk&amp;#x2F;forum&amp;#x2F;threads&amp;#x2F;how-do-i-use-internet-explorer-mode-in-microsoft-edge-to-connect-to-my-cctv-equipment-on-windows-10-11.8672&amp;#x2F;#post-35973&quot; class=&quot;js-lightboxCloser&quot;&gt;Kyle · Jun 7, 2022 at 12:33 PM&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="bbImage" title="1654601628499.jpeg" src="https://forum.use-ip.co.uk/forum/attachments/1654601628499-jpeg.7685/" alt="1654601628499.jpeg" width="1525" height="643" data-url="" data-zoom-target="1" /></div>
<div title="1654601628499.jpeg" data-src="https://forum.use-ip.co.uk/forum/attachments/1654601628499-jpeg.7685/" data-lb-sidebar-href="" data-lb-caption-extra-html="" data-single-image="1" data-fancybox="lb-post-35973" data-caption="&lt;h4&gt;1654601628499.jpeg&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https:&amp;#x2F;&amp;#x2F;www.use-ip.co.uk&amp;#x2F;forum&amp;#x2F;threads&amp;#x2F;how-do-i-use-internet-explorer-mode-in-microsoft-edge-to-connect-to-my-cctv-equipment-on-windows-10-11.8672&amp;#x2F;#post-35973&quot; class=&quot;js-lightboxCloser&quot;&gt;Kyle · Jun 7, 2022 at 12:33 PM&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;">
<h1 class="p-title-value">Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) Being Retired on June 15th 2022 &#8211; How Will I Access My Hikvision System?</h1>
<article class="message-body js-selectToQuote">
<div class="bbWrapper">
<p>As we have been aware for many years, Windows has been slowly running down support for Internet Explorer. Last year they confirmed that IE11 would be completely retired from Windows 10 on June 15th 2022, after this date IE11 desktop application will no longer work and users will be redirected to use Edge.</p>
<p>Lots of users will also be aware that Hikvision products have been reliant on IE for browser access for many years, even with our and other users&#8217; repeated requests for a complete solution for Hikvision products to work in modern browsers the solution has been slow coming.</p>
<p>With the June 15th date fast approaching Hikvision has released the attached documents that explain 3 main methods for browser access going forward and which models support which method, the methods are listed below:</p>
<div><b>1. Non-plug-in service (For modern browser access, not all models support this method)</b>​</div>
<div><b>2. Local service (Plug-in required)</b>​</div>
<div><b>3. IE compatibility mode on Edge browser</b>​</div>
<p>Some of the oldest Hikvision models may not support any of the above methods, if that is the case then you will have to use Hikvision&#8217;s desktop VMS software &#8211; <a class="link link--external" href="https://www.hikvision.com/uk/support/download/software/ivms4200-series/" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><b>iVMS-4200</b></a> &#8211; to access your Hikvision devices.</p>
<p>This is not the simple, clean solution we were hoping for from Hikvision and we are sure there will be issues discovered along the way, but it is a first step and hopefully means that all Hikvision users will have some way to access their systems going forward.</p>
<p>If you do run into any problems or have any questions please share them below and we will try to get the answers for you.</p>
</div>
<div class="js-selectToQuoteEnd"></div>
</article>
<section class="message-attachments">
<h4 class="block-textHeader">Attachments</h4>
<ul class="attachmentList">
<li class="file file--linked"><a id="attachment-7566" class="u-anchorTarget"></a><i class="fa--xf fal fa-file-pdf" aria-hidden="true"></i>
<div class="file-content">
<div class="file-info">
<p><span class="file-name" title="Alternative Strategies for Internet Explorer Web Services.pdf">Alternative Strategies for Internet Explorer Web Services.pdf</span></p>
<div class="file-meta">331.5 KB · Views: 446</div>
</div>
</div>
</li>
<li class="file file--linked"><a id="attachment-7567" class="u-anchorTarget"></a><i class="fa--xf fal fa-file-pdf" aria-hidden="true"></i>
<div class="file-content">
<div class="file-info">
<p><span class="file-name" title="Service Support Chart for Frontend and Backend.pdf">Service Support Chart for Frontend and Backend.pdf</span></p>
<div class="file-meta">1,017 KB · Views: 363</div>
</div>
</div>
</li>
<li class="file file--linked"><a id="attachment-7568" class="u-anchorTarget"></a><i class="fa--xf fal fa-file-pdf" aria-hidden="true"></i>
<div class="file-content">
<div class="file-info">
<p><span class="file-name" title="How to enable IE compatibility mode on Microsoft Edge.pdf">How to enable IE compatibility mode on Microsoft Edge.pdf</span></p>
<div class="file-meta">803.9 KB · Views: 341</div>
</div>
</div>
</li>
</ul>
</section>
</div>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/how-do-i-use-internet-explorer-mode-in-microsoft-edge/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
